Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit M12-200 - JAMES PHILLIPS DDS
JAMES PHILLIPS DDS 16218 42 AV S M12 -200 City o"Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No.: 5379800695 Address: 16218 42 AV S TUKW Project Name: JAMES PHILLIPS DDS Permit Number: M12 -200 Issue Date: 02/28/2013 Permit Expires On: 08/27/2013 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Email: Contractor: Name: Address: PHILLIPS JAMES H 16218 42ND AVE S , TUKVVILA WA 98188 MATT ZUCKERBERG 10733 47 PL W , MUKILTEO WA 98276 MZUCKERBERG @BELRED. C OM BEL -RED ENERGY SOLUTIONS LLC 10733 47 PL W , MUKILTEO WA 98275 Contractor License No: BELREES888OE Phone: 425 864 -3341 Phone: 425 - 493 -5353 Expiration Date: 09/11/2014 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REPLACE TWO EXISTING GAS FURNACES LOCATED IN A CRAWL SPACE. ALSO REPLACE ONE ESISTINGT AC UNIT LOCATED ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE BUILDING. ISNTALL CRAWL SPACE LINING. ALL REPLACEMENT IS LIKE FOR LIKE. Value of Mechanical: Type of Fire Protection: Electrical Service Provided by: $19,554.00 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Fees Collected: $428.56 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2009 Date: 3 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violat or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign btain this mechanical permit and agree to the conditions on the back of this permit. Signature: Print Name: Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IMC -4/10 M12 -200 Printed: 02 -28 -2013 • • PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit No. M12-200 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 4: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 5: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 6: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 7: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 -431- 3670). 8: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. doc: IMC -4/10 M12-200 Printed: 02 -28 -2013 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Perm?Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Mechanical Permit No. M %G Project No. n Date Application Accepted: i 12 Date Application Expires: V J 1(lAi (2) (For office use only) MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *please print ** SITE LOCATION: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 5379800695 Site Address: 16218 42nd Ave S Suite Number: Floor: First Tenant Name: James Phillips PROPERTY OWNER Name: Matt Zuckerberg Name: James Phillips Address: 10733 47th PI W Address: 16218 42nd Ave S City: Mukilteo State: WA City: Tukwila State: Wa Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Matt Zuckerberg Address: 10733 47th PI W Address: 10733 47th PI W City: Mukilteo State: WA City: Mukilteo State: WA Zip: 98276 Phone: (425) 864 -3341 Fax: (425) 493 -5353 Email: mzuckerberg @belred.com New Tenant: ❑ Yes ®..No MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Bel -Red Energy Solutions Address: 10733 47th PI W City: Mukilteo State: WA Zip: 98275 Phone: (425) 493 -5353 Fax: (425) 493 -5354 Contr Reg No.: BELREES8880E Exp Date: 09/11/2014 Tukwila Business License No.: / Valuation of project (contractor's bid price): $ Describe the scope of work in detail: U - La w Replace two existing gas furnaces located in crawl space'Replace one existing a/c unit located on the south side of the building. Install crawl space lining. 19,554 Use: Residential: New ❑ Commercial: New Fuel Type: Electric Replacement Replacement Gas m Other: H:WpplicationsWornts- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Mechanical Permit Application Revised 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 1 of 2 Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type Qty Furnace <100k btu 2 Furnace >100k btu Floor furnace 1 Suspended/wall/floor mounted heater Appliance vent Repair or addition to heat/refrig/cooling system Air handling unit <10,000 cfm Unit Type Qty Air handling unit >10,000 cfm Evaporator cooler 1 Ventilation fan connected to single duct Ventilation system Hood and duct Incinerator — domestic Incinerator — comm/industrial Unit Type Qty Fire damper Diffuser Thermostat 2 Wood/gas stove Emergency generator Other mechanical equipment Boiler /Compressor Qty 0 -3 hp /100,000 btu 3 -15 hp /500,000 btu 15 -30 hp /1,000,000 btu 30 -50 hp /1,750,000 btu 50+ hp /1,750,000 btu PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of construction — in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the permit center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of plan review — applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may grant one extension of time for additional periods not to exceed 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHO Signature: Print Name: Matthew Zuckerberg Mailing Address: 10733 47th PI W H :Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Mechanical Permit Application Revised 8 -9 -1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Date: 12/28/2014 Day Telephone: (425) 864 -3341 Mukilteo WA 98275 City State Zip Page 2 of 2 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 5379800695 Address: 16218 42 AV S TUKW Suite No: Applicant: JAMES PHILLIPS DDS RECEIPT Permit Number: M12 -200 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 12/28/2012 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13 -00932 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $342.85 Payment Date: 02/28/2013 01:53 PM Balance: $0.00 Payee: BEL -RED ENERGY SOLUTIONS TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 66414 342.85 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts MECHANICAL - NONRES 000.322.102.00.00 342.85 Total: $342.85 doc: Receipt-06 Printed: 02 -28 -2013 40 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 5379800695 Address: 16218 42 AV S TUKW Suite No: Applicant: JAMES PHILLIPS DDS RECEIPT Permit Number: M12 -200 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 12/28/2012 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -03393 Payment Amount: $85.71 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 12/28/2012 10:25 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $342.85 Payee: MATTHEW ZUCKERBERG TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd MC Authorization No. B41179 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 85.71 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 85.71 Total: $85.71 r1nr. RPrpint -(1R Printari• 17- 7A -7f117 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 4.1 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Al 12 -240 Project: Type f Inspection: -k S < I t . P5 K as D0 u (H.- �i �r Aedi Date Called: -}4 , AJ'rL__.... Address: v (.4 Spe�ial Instructions: Date Wanted ^ — 3 p.m. Requester: "Cot) S- Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. ,h COMMENTS: f)N A e--0 € /^\ () on hj Inspector: I1 klA Dat 0 s. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. WA = St,PTLV REGIS77R M c 12E17311.4/ bc6r REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 15 2013 'DL City of u ila BUILDING ISION sour,/ d(. r-sioE 11/Rr1/74 e 2)(-z e41'Ati /1UGFM .07 •09!// 4 Warr/497w RJR 7.481E Vv3.3 / )L SP34c/.6 'E•v64Ti# Sour/10r /'inanf - war Met-h; un, - tea/ durr, &/-- /hT2r /c91ke(,/ ki,`1"4 -roki e, e -cuh -- d a t.5/ stem r- , >7 � G C—c.90 h FILE COPY Permit No., M122-00 .WA n review approval is subject to errors and omiarions. a vat of construction documents does not ass c :,,e v :s'- Lion of any adopted code or ordinan approved Field Copy BY SOVm Sj:SrE/zt Oz/rDwR.. #17 Apr. Thep) A/dflL 4/ Fdrndce izo v%act Y sus73144cb -,'vs vbb Jo FRon Phoclz i9& - ad/r:/ C/...64kAsez Fkoon F16011. s.eb*t, Zr /2 /i ti,41./ /117oT 6 h- r.rJ ,QGG 0 /REGT /Geovr / City Of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION 1 REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: revisions will require a new plan submittal `nd may include add;tionai plan rev ow f: 1 R/94.)X SP.sr c.E ,8�ir�6,QTiy - ('0RY4/ orr,e4 /MoR71/ 5/ 7 ii a CPO 0a7g /i3.E •o/-e rr 1t7cTX0 / y'oCf' /4.,44'4 ,v e d,E #7/4 4 T, , PAR T'9 4'63,1 a F I 'Ac. S /-12 0T/G /T >Roon7 q�A SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: ❑ Mechanical Electrical l Plumbing iSt Gas Piping City cf Tukwila ,.L c _' 4NG !VISION St.PPPL Doc. Ti r/G 2.1/SUL.47 D -72t, T.7aCf /4/7 !yam -Y2 %ENH?&Yco2cE CORRECTION LT R # _..�.J 1 / EAST V r,G/vLL y 27.1,57;141.62) FC1IZIA9 c. 61CLEARQ.04,c4 ' 'V I74'l4i.?LL. goer «£-"M •vcE 7 u/csrw.0,44 200 CL.491R.4 5'aQ?*/ 44'I CGE,aR.o .,46 ../957" w•vZ� 1"VENT IA/A710N Go•�G6ri7at�G RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER M1Q2DO IIIIIIIJ!L__III i ommiU1 mmummnomommumm 1t RIMM LIM 11:J1111 911M111111111111 •INIFiSiffil=111111141111111 In tg•1�1��, Inn WEI116111WEIN NEM ,ya ■I�'�FIlUWEN IR 11M1�� INEIMIKIltPRI11 IffEi1a ' �. L.1411 M 1111 11I1IuMES IEII I.m1 �a1'I I t:21 m til!'<'�1am�1����1 _ 1_— -. Z 1!1U1II1i11 11_Iii-WII!II!III 1 111 1���� a�����■��l�li� ��I -_ _ I 10111111111�� r= 1111.1- - III1lI1i1 iii11ii1111 IIP1...1 Order Requisition Job# Customer Name James & Sharon Phillips_ Sales Person Matt Z Installation Date Jan 2nd Delivery Date QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER VENDOR TA Init Install Init 1 Rheem Classic 95 %Single Stage Furnace South Side RGTC- 06EMAES 442? op°Ag Tv 1 Rheem Classic 95% Single Stage Furnace North Side RGRC- 07ERBGS 7 �b' p'" FILE C PeIPr* nan, -- PY -_.._ —__ 1 Rheem Single Stage A/C RANL -037 34, ,/ i `may 40ft 2" PVC 2" PVC 2 Condensate Pumps Condensate Pumps 1 A/C Pad Outdoor Unit is 44' x 31" 1 T -Scat Prestige Series #5051 -r- • - -- D FOR PLIAN(1'•E VED REVIE 2 Surge Arrestors g In -Line Surge Protectors s CODE CO APPR 4ft Lineset -Use Existing 3/8 " -7/8" FEB 1 . i 2013 1 A/C Coil RCFLHM361700 3 704/ City of e ulcwila DIVISIj BUILDIN .4 S ALA DEC 2 $2012 PERMIT CENTER Date Ordered PO #(s) BY Mil 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address /5:7/(F". 4,/217ei "fe1.445 Date �U/t)‘--1/19 9c,ee-- For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name:.. !p LG��G y/ /�/e f./S Applicant Address: /079,.9 /27'z PI 4j /pa6' /L /� Applicant Phone: 425- /9.1-5,3753 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. Q'Includes Plans ...+E7l.,4G A, ,v)- c> >c oz '�v C e.. c 'z EsY 'W'9'f/ ,off ff7&f .P.EPZ- Ve./rl (,- v *' J' .Z J/ k► �C /T /•4L S7)/4e ' /,e ec -c,- iT /cwz-,e - 3 rewS , Z /-r/, G.Pir7,(JL S.1„6 Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option Simple System Q Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Names Model No.1 Capacity2 Btuth OSA CFM or Econo? WO or R IPLV3 Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery Y/N , 7 //// /42.4�1 a37 .3 ?, 00.. G FA') 43.s -k ,-XGor.,.. v -'411'''' FILE C IL PY Perim e"— Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Names Model No.s Capacity2 Btulh OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency's Heat Recovery YIN 7///./14 A6rc asA7,•vs GFin Sc coo SP 000 ,--',2/0 .'/o , X/. /1' ASAC a14a¢aGs Gtc-41 ?s,000 70, 00 Y,3%6 il/6 Fan Equipment Schedule Equi ID CODE VIEVAPNIF R NLI��CE COM r A Model No.' CFM RECEIVED SP' HPBHP Flow Cont�lt(�d�{E®service CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED C TY OF TUKWILA FHB 15 2013 FEB 0 6 2013 FEB 0 0 2013 PERMIT CEN i I=R City of Tukwila PERM [ CENTER • 1If avai, applica UILDING] DIVAIO 64 14 -1A through 14 -1G. 3 If required. ° COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as . ` Flew- wncrwr types: vanable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 6 Exception number from CORRECTS N LTR# 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 System Description See Section 1421 for full description p of Simple System qualifications. _If All Systems: • No humidification? • No Reheat? If Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only • Constant vol? JEISplit system? <= 84,000 Btuh? • Economizer included? • cooled? • sys? • <= 135,000 Btuh? Cooling Cap < =15 Btuh/ft2? • • Heating Cap. > 0 & < =10 Btuhfft2 Heating Only: • <1000 cfm? • <30% outside air? • Heating Cap. < =10 Btuh/ft2? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Yes Reference Section 1421 Simple System Allowed (section 1420) Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical - Complex 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms Systems Checklist MECH -COMP for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address Date The following additional information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH -CHK checklist for additional requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable altemative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. 1431.2 System Sizing Indicate equipment & system sizing complies with 1431.2 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1432.2.2 Hydr. Sys. reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1432.3.1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. 1432.5 Pressure Reset Indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exception 3 is utilized 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems 1435 Simul. htg. & clg. Indicate method of prohibiting simultaneous heating and cooling, or state excpetion and show supporting calculations 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery of all applicable systems on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency 1438 Variable speed drives Indicate VS control or equivalent on schedules for all applicable equip. 1438.1 Heat Rejection Indicate heat rejection equipment types and fan types 1438.2 Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities 1438.3 Large Volume sys Indicate multiple system rooms & indicate ventilation control 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate source and conditioning of make -up air 1439.2 Laboratory Exhaust Indicate HR, VAV, semi - conditioned makeup, or CERM calc no is circled for any question, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Start Here Section 1411.1 Equipment Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14 -1A through 14-1G s/Oil Fuma input 2 225,000 uh or Any U eate Use flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for complete information on the requirements. Yes ny Fuel Furnac input> 225,000 Btuh? 1411.110 8 Power Venting or Damper. If input > 225,000 Btuh then 1412.6 Modulating Controls Required Yes Air System Serving Multiple Zones? Section 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss Yes Section 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High -Occupancy Areas Yes 1r Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total On-Site Energy Input & Ouput Required (continued on back) Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required • No—* 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical - Complex Systems (back) MECH -COMP 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Hydronic System Yes • Section 1432.3.2 through 1432.3.5 Device Isolation Required Total umpHP >3H•, or HP >1.5 and ntrol v Section 1432.3.1 Yes—► Variable Flow Design Required dronic Syst Heated or Cooled 300,000 Btu Yes* Section 1432.2.2 Water Temperature Reset Required 0 0 Mechanical Cooling? Section 1433 Economizer Required Present Total Cooling > 780kBtuh Section 1432.4 DDC Required With Trending and Demand Response 0 No Supply OSA > =5000 CFM Yes► Section 1436.1 50% Effective Heat Recovery Required Steam System Yeses No No >1,5 4 Hour Ops, ter Cooled Conden tuh, & Serv. kBt Yes► er Section 1436.3 Condenser Heat Recovery Required emot Refrigeration Condensers > 500kBt Section 1436.2 Condensate Recovery Required Yes* Section 1436.4 Refrigeration Condenser Heat Recovery Required No No ystem or Zones w/ Simultaneous tg. & Clg.? Yes* Section 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before Reheating/Recooling ystem o ystems serving a room have 10,000 CF ppI Yes—■ Section 1438.3 Controls Must Reduce Airflow When System In Not Heating or Cooling 0 No Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required otor Incl. in Eqpmt. Covr'd by Tbl 14- 1A -14- 1G? 0 otal Bid.. Laboratory Exhaust > 5,000 cfm? DONE Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make -up Air Yes ► Section 1439.2 One Required: a. Heat Recovery per 1439.2 b. 50% VAV Exhaust & Make -up c. 75% Direct Makeup w/ Tempering Only d. Combined Energy Reduction Qer> =Qmin Yes Yes • Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies in Table 14-4 Yes 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Economizer 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential MECH -ECO Revised February 2011 Economizer Summary Check box(es) for exceptions being claimed. List the system /equipment that qualifies for each exception. See Section 1433 for full description of Economizer requirements. ❑ Full Air Econo: Ex 1: ❑ Ex 5: ❑ Ex 9a: ❑ Ex 2: ❑ Ex 6: ❑ Ex 9b: ❑ Ex 3: ❑ Ex 7: ❑ Ex 9c: Ex 4: Ex 8: 0 Ex10: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project complies with Economizer requirements. If not, the Systems Analysis Option must be used. ( START 100% Air conomizer Yes Reference Section 1433 ified Un m Table 14 -1A, /EER 15% ode Group R Occ. ception 8: Unit Cap <20,000 Btuh Yes • Full Air Economizer - Complies ception it Cap <54,000 B it not Exterior ception . it Cap < 33,000 Bt nit not Exterior o djacen :Idg. Cap. w/o economizer <72,000 Btuh or 5 %? Exception 2: Chilled Water Sys. ' er 25% over Idg Cap wo Econ 80,000 Btu or 2 ptio er Cooled Re . aterside Economize ing chiiled b Sys No 14 0 ception 3 Syste Cap. <- 500 tons Yes • No Exception 4: Cooling 75% Site HR or Solar Exception 5: Special OA iltration Need ception :. Dehumidification with supporting rgy anal ception 7: Heat Pump Loop ting All Crit- ' No No xception 9: Dedicated Server or Eq Rm Yes Yes c. 9a: EER &IPLV Ye Over ••e No No xception 10: RF System Meeting All Criteria c. . RAE 127 is 14- 1A/14- IP c. 9•. Water Econo ER & IPL 5% • - ' ode Ye P Lo ote C or bett cap >85,00 = to Yes No No Does Not Comply I Qualifies for Full Air Economizer Exception - Complies • 2009 Washin ton State Ener Code Com•liance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential • • Electric Motors MECH -MOT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address Date Complete the following for all design A & B squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below applies). For Building Department Use Motor No. or Location HP Type (open /closed) Description of Application or Use Synch. Speed Min.Nom. Full load Efficiency Mnlnun Honinal F uli -Load Efficiencies ('A) As of 12/1912010 1 Open Motors 1 Enclosed Motors Synchronous Speed (RPM) 3,600 1.800 1,200 1 3,600 1,800 1.200 MotorHP 1.0 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 85.5 82.5 1.5 84.0 86.5 86.5 84.0 86.5 87.5 2.0 85.5 86.5 87.5 85.5 86.5 88.5 3.0 85.5 89.5 82.5 835 89.5 89.5 5.0 863 69,5 89.5 88.5 89.5 88.5 7.5 88.5 91.0 90.2 89.5 91.7 91.0 10.0 89.5 91.7 91.7 90.2 91.7 91.0 15.0 90.2 93.0 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7 20.0 91.0 93.0 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7 25.0 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 93.0 30.0 91.7 94.1 93.6 91,7 93.6 93.0 40.0 92.4 94.1 94.1 92.4 94.1 94.1 50.0 93.0 94.5 91.1 93.0 94.5 94.1 60.0 93.6 98.0 94.5 93.6 95.0 94.5 75.0 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.5 95.4 95.4 100.0 93.6 95.4 98,0 94.1 95.4 95.0 125.0 94.1 95.4 95.0 95.0 95.4 95.0 150.0 94.1 95.8 98.4 95.0 95.8 95.8 200.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 95.4 96.2 95.8 250.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 95,8 96.2 95.6 300,0 95.4 952 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8 350.0 95.4 95.8 95.4 952 98.2 93.8 400.0 95.8 95.8 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.8 450.0 95.8 96.2 96.2 95.8 966.2 95.8 500.0 95 .8 96.2 96.2 95.2 96.2 95.6 Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi -speed motor. 2. Motors already included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 14- 1A or 14 -1B). 3. Motors that are an integral part (i.e. not easily removed and replaced) of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion - proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. if the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less- efficient motor and there is no energy - efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address /6f7/ 7 2./7 �� S 7v ✓,L,.0 �� OF/6 I Date The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, na) Code _ Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment Performance �.63- 1411.1 Minimum efficiency ;Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency /60 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft damper & jacket loss 1411.1 Air - cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity A/4 1411.2.1 Water - cooled chiller Full-load and NPLV values adjusted for any non - standard conditions //,/7 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule /i/�j I 1411.5 Unenclosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1412 HVAC Controls !'�S 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans ./1//9 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum r// 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat ) /6.J 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff Indicate thermostat with 7 day program capability & required setback A/s/Xi 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location, leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage /v 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls /f / 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule A./ ,l 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control ',.3" 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans ,y/ 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas ``// /v 1412 9 Loading Dock & Garage Ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. /,/4 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans /j / 1432.2.1 Temperature Reset Indicate temperature reset method 1413 Air / Water Economizers .A// 1412.1 Single zone systems Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability. "V 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb Ad/ 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document Indicate max. OSA condition for design clg load & equipment performance data. y� 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling ��Q 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting Systems 5/65 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures, sealing, and testing requirements ,/.6j 1414.1.2 Low press. duct test Indicate applicable low pressure duct systems shall be leak tested y /�1 jai 1414.1.3 High press. duct test Indicate high pressure duct systems shall be leak tested, and identify the location of this ductwork on plans y1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct 1415 Piping Systems / //Q 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requirements 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements iS 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequence of operations and test procedures. 1416.3.4 Documentation Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training ,/e/ 4 1416.3.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report es 1416.4 Compliance Chklist Submit to building official upon substantial completion. Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist Continued MECH -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 'Date The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) /f/ 1440 Service water htg. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off of circulators or heat trace 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1444 Pump Energy Indicate method of pump energy management (Sec 1438) 1445 Heat Recovery Indicate preheat capacity as % of peak service water demand. 1460 Heated Pools 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover 1455 Heat Recovery Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction COLD STORAGE (Sections 1460 -1465) /ij 1460 Cold Storage 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser cooling type, design wb temp and control 1465 Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and control. If "no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401 -1424 or 1440 -1465 , provide explanation: Bel -Red Energy Services 10733 47th PI West - Mukilteo, WA 98275 425 - 493 -5353 - mzuckerberg@belred.com Sales Consultant: Matt Zuckerberg Job #: Phillips102412 Date: 10/29/2012 James & Sharon Phillips 16218 42nd Ave S Tukwila, WA 98188 System 1 (Average Load Procedure) Location: Input Data: Summer: Winter: Seattle CO, Washington Outdoor Dry Bulb 91 19 Design Conditions Elevation: 14 ft Latitude: 47° N Heated Area 1250 Sq.Ft. Cooled Area 1250 Sq.Ft. Indoor Dry Bulb 75 70 Daily Range: Medium Design Grains: 7 REVIEWED FOR CODE •'` _' A FEB 15 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDI Heat/Loss Summary (July Heat Load Calculations) Gross Area Loss Gain Sensible Latent Go PILE Walls 1200 13316 4542 Windows 168 6298 11408 Doors 0 0 0 r. 0 Ceilings 1250 8542 6363 0 Skylights 0 0 0 0 Floors 1250 6938 2063 0 Internal Loads 0 1840 1600 Blower Load 1707 0 Hot Water Piping Load 0 0 0 Winter Humidification Load 0 0 0 Infiltration 0 0 0 Ventilation 14025 4400 1190 Duct Loss /Gain EHLF =0.108 ESGF =0.06 3790 1573 288 AED Excursion n/a 0 n/a Subtotal 52909 33896 3078 Copy Approved ACCA MJ8 Calculations Total Heating 52909 Btuh 16 kw of electric heat Total Cooling 36974 Btuh 104 Linear ft. of Hydronic Baseboard *Calculations are based on the ACCA Manual J 8th Edition and are approved by ACCA. All computed calculations are estimates based on building use, weather data, and inputted values such as R- Values, window types, duct loss, etc. Equipment selection should meet both the latent and sensible gain as well as RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Adtek AccuLoad Report Version 4.0.3 CORRECTION LTR &- FEB 0 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER i.ni CERTIFIED TM www.ahridirectory.org Certificate of Product Ratings AHRI Certified Reference Number: 3396241 Date: 1/25/2013 Product: Split System: Air - Cooled Condensing Unit, Coil with Blower Outdoor Unit Model Number: RANL -037JAZ Indoor Unit Model Number: RHKL- HM3617 +RCSL -H *3617 Manufacturer: RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY Trade /Brand name: RHEEM RANL SERIES Manufacturer responsible for the rating of this system combination is RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY Rated as follows in accordance with AHRI Standard 210/240 -2008 for Unitary Air - Conditioning and Air - Source Heat Pump Equipment and subject to verification of rating accuracy by AHRI - sponsored, independent, third party testing: Cooling Capacity (Btuh): EER Rating (Cooling): SEER Rating (Cooling): 39000 11.50 13.50* • Ratings followed by an asterisk (•) indicate a voluntary rerate of previously published data, unless accompanied with a WAS, which indicates an involuntary rerate. DISCLAIMER AHRI does not endorse the product(s) listed on this CertMcate and makes no representations, warradies or guarantees as to and assumes no responsibility for, the product(s) fisted on this Certificate. AHRI expressly disdains all iabYity for damages of any kind arising out of the use or performance of the product(s), or the • unauthorized alteration of data listed on this CertMcate. Certified ratings are valid only for models and configurations fisted In the directory at www.ahridirectorytorg. TERMS AND CONDITIONS This Certificate and Its contends are proprietary products of AHRL This CertMcate shall only be used for Individual, personal and confidential reference purposes. The contents of this Certificate may not, In whole or In part, be reproduced; copied; disseminated; entered into a computer database; or otherwise utlized, In any form or manner or by any means, except for the user's individual, personal and confidential reference. CERTIFICATE VERIFICATION The Information for the model dted on this certificate can be verified at www.ahridirectorycorg, click on "Verity Certificate" link and enter the AHRI Certified Reference Number and the date on which the certificate was Issued, which Is listed above, and the Certificate No., whdch Is listed below. ©2012 Air - Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute $ 111 11211 RU a'Air- Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute CERTIFICATE NO.: 130036036235238027 Project Information 2009 Edition FIGURE 14B COMMISSIONING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST Project Name: .47.0/ / �.r/S'ZY Project Address: ,z/ep ��/ /�U� r ( 5p/crep- Commissioning Authority: Commissioning Plan (Section 1416.3.1) Commissioning Plan was used during construction and included items below �7�✓ • A written schedule including Systems Testing and Balancing, Functional Testing, and Supporting Documentation • Roles and Responsibilities of the commissioning team • Functional Test procedures and forms Systems Balancing (Section 1416.3.2) ❑ Systems Balancing has been completed • Air and Hydronic systems are proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses • Test ports are provided on each pump for measuring pressure across the pump. Functional Testing (Section 1416.3.3) -HVAC Systems Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1416.3.3) HVAC systems have been tested to ensure that equipment, components, and sub - systems are installed, calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications V;rHVAC Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1416.3.3) HVAC controls have been tested to ensure that control devices are calibrated, adjusted and operate property. Sequences of operation have been functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications ❑ Lighting Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1513.8) Lighting controls have been tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications Supporting Documents (Section 1416.3.4) ar Systems documentation, record documents and training have been completed or are scheduled • System documentation has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: • Record documents have been submitted to owner or scheduled date: • Training has been completed or scheduled date: Commissioning Report (Section 1416.3.5) Certification • ommissioning Report submitted to Owner and includes items below • Completed Functional Tests documentation • Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation and the anticipated date of correction • Deferred tests, which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions or other circumstances beyond control of Commissioning Authority. ❑ I hereby certify that all requirements for Commissioning have been completed in accordance with Washington State Energy Codes, including all items above. Building Owner or Owner's Representative Date Effective January 1, 2011 101 The new degree of comfort:" Rheem Classic® Series" FZLE Upflow Gas Furnac!.p4 ru- • The Rheem® 95% A.F.U.E. High Efficiency line of upflow gas furnaces are designed for utility rooms, closets or alcoves. The design is certified by CSA. • Heat exchanger is constructed of aluminized steel for maxi- mum corrosion resistance and thermal fatigue reliability. • Low profile "34 inch" design is lighter and easier to handle and leaves room for optional accessories. • Left or right side gas, electric, and condensate drainage con- nections on upflow models. • Integrated control board manages all operational functions and provides hookups for humidifier and electronic air cleaner. • An insulated blower compartment, a slow- opening gas valve and a specially designed inducer system make it one of the quietest furnaces on the market today. RGRC- Series 95% A.F.U.E.t Input Rates from 45 to 105 kBTU [13.19 to 30.77 kW] 4. lu, tA.F.U.E. (Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency) calculated in accordance with Department of Energy test procedures. REVIEWED—FOR COMPLIANCE CODE COM APPROVED FEB 15 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Air Gas Furnaces RGRC Series Py • Pre -paint galvanized steel cabinet. • Molded permanent filters. • Optional indoor or outdoor combustion air. In addition, com- bustion air may be piped to either the top or side of the cabi- net on all upflow models. A special molded fitting is provided to ease installation. • Control fuse protection. • Solid bottom is standard. • Control board diagnostics. • A variety of cooling coils and plenums designed to use with the Classic® 95% A.F.U.E. gas furnaces are available as optional accessories for air conditioning models. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 6 2013 4660f1 PERMIT CENTER M INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT FORM NO. G11 -527 Air `Table of Contents — I RGRC Series TABLE OF CONTENTS Standard & Optional Equipment 3 Physical Data & Specifications 4 ' Model Number Identification 5 Dimensional Data 6 ° Blower Performance Data 7 Accessories - - -'4 8 Limited Warranty .R 9 c109 C9..��N•311.• 9.3 . y ,4ry - "11:2Y�,j �1 •J) 1,f1 f; f :i to 03 2 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT REMOTE SENSOR Air Standard & Optional Equipment — RGRC Series PRIMARY AND SECONDARY HEAT EXCHANGER DIRECT SPARK IGNITION & REMOTE SENSOR IN -SHOT BURNERS GAS VALVE AND MANIFOLD PRESSURE SWITCHES DRAFT INDUCER INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL STANDARD EQUIPMENT Completely assembled and wired; heat exchanger; primary: aluminized steel, secondary: 29 -4C stainless steel; induced draft; pressure switches; redundant main gas control; blower compartment door safety switch; solid state time on /off blower control; limit controls; manual shut -off valve; 100% safety lock out; cool fan off delay; field selectable heat fan off delay; one hour automatic retry; power and self -test diagnos- tics; flame sense current diagnostics; electronic air cleaner connections; twinning (built -in) features; humidifier connec- tions; humidifier on/off delay; low speed continuous fan option; single speed option for heating and cooling applications; pres- sure regulator for natural and L.P. (propane) gasses; trans- former; direct drive, multi -speed blower motor. (Please note: a thermostat is not included as standard equipment.) OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Side and bottom filter racks; return air cabinet for all sizes. NOTE: Furnace is not listed for use with fuels other than natural or L.P. (propane) gas. All models can be converted by a qualified distributor or local service dealer to use L.P. (propane) gas without changing burn- ers. Factory approved kits must be used to convert from natural to L.P. (propane) gas and may be ordered as optional accessories from a parts distributor. For L.P. (propane) operation, refer to Conversion Kit Index Form. WARNING THIS FURNACE IS NOT APPROVED OR RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN MOBILE HOMES . INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT ..., 3 Physical Data & Specifications AO Air RGRC Series Physical Data and Specifications - Upflow Models U.S. and Canadian Models MODEL NUMBERS RGRC- 04 *MAES RGRC- 06 *MAES RGRC- 07 *MAES RGRC- 07•RBGS RGRC- 09'ZAJS RGRC- 10 *ZAJS HIGH FIRE INPUT BTU/HR [kW] D 45,000 [13.19] 60,000 [17.58] 75,000 [21.98] 75,000 [21.98] 90,000 [26.38] 105,000 [30.77] HEATING CAPACITY BTU /HR [kW] 42,000 [12.31] 56,000 [16.41] 70,000 [20.51] 70,000 [20.51] 84,000 [24.62] 100,000 [29.27] HIGH ALTITUDE OUTPUT AT 8000' (HIGH FIRE) [kW] Z 28,458 [8.34] 37,944 [11.12] 47,430 [13.90] 47,430 [13.90] 56,915 [16.69] 66,402 [19.46] BLOWER(DxW) [mm] 11x7 [279 x 178] 11x7 [279 x 178] 11x7 [279 x 178] 11x10 [279 x 254] 12x11 [305 x 279] 12x11 [305 x 279] MOTOR H.P. [W]- TYPE 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 1/2 [373]-4 -PSC 3/4 [559] -4 -PSC 3/4 [559] -4 -PSC MOTOR FULL LOAD AMPS 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 9.5 9.5 HEATING SPEED MED -LO MED -HIGH MED -HIGH MED -HIGH MED -HIGH MED -HIGH COOLING SPEED HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH MINIMUM EXT. STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) [kPa] .10 [025] .12 [.029] .12 [.029] .12 [029] .15 (.037] .20 [.049] MAXIMUM EXT. STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) [kPa] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] HEATING CFM @ .2" [.049 kPa] W.C. E.S.P. [Us] 885 [417] 845 [398] 1050 [495] 1500 [708] 1640 [774] 1445 [682] COOLING CFM @ .5" [.124 kPa] W.C. E.S.P. [Us] 1195 [564] 1100 [519] 1110 [524] 1600 [755] 1820 [859] 1810 [854] TEMPERATURE RISE -HIGH FIRE RANGE IN DEGREES °F [ °C] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 40 -70 [22.2 -38.9] 40 -70 [22.2 -38.9] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 35 -65 [19.4-36.1] 50 -80 [27.8 -44.4] RETURN AIR CABINETS (OPT.) RXGR- FILTER SIZE [mm] C17B (2) 12' x 16° [305 x 406] C17B (2) 12" x 16" [305 x 406] C17B (2) 12" x 16' [305 x 406] C21B (2) 12" x 20" [305 x 508] C21B (2) 12" x 20' [305 x 508] C21B (2) 12' x 20' [305 x 508] STANDARD, HIGH VELOCITY PERMANENT FILTER (IN.) 153/4x25x1 153/4x25x1 153/4x25x1 191/4x25x1 191/4x25x1 191/4x25x1 APPROX. SHIPPING WEIGHT (LBS.) [kg] 111 [50.3] 117 [53.1] 124 [56.2] 137 [62.1] 148 [67.1] 152 [68.9] AFUE O 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% NOTES: All models are 115V, 60HZ, 1 phase Gas connection size for all models is 1/2" [13 mm] N.P.T. D See Conversion Kit Index Form for high altitude derate. Canadian installations only. In accordance with D.O.E. test procedures. 'E= Standard `N =NOx Models [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 4 =.1 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT Air Model Number Identification RGRC Series Model Number Identification R G R C 04E M A E S Rheem Gas Upflow/ Design Heating Input Blower Size Variations Heat/Cool Fuel Code Furnace Condensing Series Designation M = 11 x 7 A = Std. Designation S = U.S. and Gas Furnace [279 x 178 mm] Cabinet E = 1100-1300 CFM Canadian R = 11 x 10 B = Wide [519 -613.5 Us] Natural Gas [279 x 254 mm] Cabinet G = 1500-1700 CFM Z =12 x 11 [707.9 -802.3 Us] [305 x 279 mm] J =1900 -2100 CFM [896.7 -991.1 Us] [ j Designates Metric Conversions INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 5 Air I RGRC Series 26/18" [672 mm] 2" [51 mm] DIA. GAS CONNECTION 265/8" [676 mm[ no" [22 mm] DIA. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING 11/8" [29,mm ] DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN [ OPTIONAL RETURN AIR CUTOUT 1 (EITHER SIDE) FOR USE WITH EXTERNAL SIDE FILTER FRAME 7/8" [22 mm] DIA. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (HIGH VOLTAGE) I 273/8" [695 mm] 143/a" [365 mm] 111/2" [292 mm] 263 /1o" [665 mm) LEFT SIDE 19/32" [15 mmj 91/2" [241 mm] A B SUPPLY AIR �- 19/32" [15 mm] i3/4" [19 mm] TOP 251 2" 2319/32" [599 mm] [648 mm] 127/32" [47 mm] 3/4" [19 mmj r ALT. COMBUSTION AIR INLET 1 D 281/1e" [713 mmj BOTTOM 23 /2" [597 mm] ` RETURN AIR E 20" [508 mm] 34 [864 mmj 293/4" [756 mmj 273 /32" [710 mm[ 143/8" [365 mm] 265/1e" [668 mm] — 245 /1e" [618 mm] 19/32" r— [15mm] 2" [51 mm] DIA. KNOCKOUT ALT. GAS CONNECTION 265 /a" [676 mm] 7/8" [22 mm DIA. KNOCKOUT ALT. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION [HfOR VOLTAGE) •1 7/8" [22 mmj DIA. KNOCKOUT ALT. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING 91/2" [241 mm] 11/8" [29 mm] DIA. KNOCKOUT ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN 15" [381 mm] FRONT 111/2" [292 mm] 23" [584 mm) 263/16" [665 mm) RIGHT SIDE MODEL L A B B C C D D E E F F S LEFT MINIMUM CLEARANCE (IN.) [mm] S SHIP RIGHT B BACK T TOP F FRONT V VENT W 04EM 1 171/2 [ [445] 1 1611/32 [ [415] 1 155/a [ [397] 2 2 [ [51) 1 15 [ [422] 1 1325/32 [ [352) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 111 [ [50] 06EM 1 171/2 [ [445] 1 1611/32 [ [415] 1 155/8 [ [397] 2 2 [ [51) 1 15 [ [422] 1 1325/32 [ [352] 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 117 [ [53] 07EM 1 171/2 [ [445) 1 1611/32 [ [415] 1 155 /8 [ [397] 2 2 [ [51) 1 15 [ [422] 1 1325/32 [ [352] 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 124 [ [56] 07ER 2 21 [ [533] 1 1927/32 [ [504] 1 191/8 [ [487) 2 2 [ [51) 1 181/2 [ [511] 1 179/32 [ [441] 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 137 [ [62] 09EZ 2 21 [ [533] 1 1927/32 [ [504] 1 191/8 [ [487) 2 2 [ [51) 1 181/2 [ [511] 1 179/32 [ [441) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 148 [ [67] 10EZ 2 21 [ [533) 1 1927/32 [ [504] 1 191/8 [ [487) 2 2 [ [51) 1 181/2 [ [511] 1 179 /32 [ [441] 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 [25] 2 2 [ [51] 0 0 1 152 [ [69] [ j Designates Metric Conversions 6 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT • Air IBlower Performance Data RGRC Series MODEL BLOWER SIZE MOTOR H.P. BLOWER SPEED CFM Us] AIR DELIVERY EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE INCHES WATER COLUMN [kPa] [mm] [W] 0.1 [.021 0.2 [.051 0.3 [.071 0.4 [.10] 0.5 [.121 0.6 [.151 0.7 [.17] LOW 805 [380] 780 [368] 760 [358] 720 [340] 685 [323] 645 [304] 605 [285] RGRC -04 11 x 7 1/2 MED -LO 920 [434] 885 [417] 850 [401] 810 [3821 775 [365] 730 [344] 690 [325] EMAES [279 x 178] [373] MED -HI 1140 [538] 1110 [524] 1085 [512] 1045 [493] 1010 [476] 950 [448] 890 [420] HIGH 1360 [642] 1320 [623] 1280 [604] 1235 [583] 1195 [564] 1140 [538] 1080 [500] LOW' 770 [363] 740 [349] 710 [335] 675 [318] 645 [304] 605 [285] 570 [269] RGRC -06 11 x 7 1/2 MED -LO 880 [415] 845 [398] 815 [384] 790 [373] 760 [358] 715 [337] 670 [316] EMAES [279 x 178] [373] MED -HI 1060 [5001 1025 [483] 990 [467] 960 [453] 925 [436] 880 [415] 835 [394] HIGH 1260 [594] 1215 [573] 1175 [554] 1135 [535] 1100 [519] 1040 [491] 985 [465] LOW 780 [368] 745 [351] 710 [335] 675 [318] 640 [302] 595 [281] 555 [261] RGRC -07 11 x 7 1/2 MED -LO 880 [415] 850 [401] 825 [389] 785 [370] 750 [354] 702 [331] 655 [309] EMAES [279 x 178] [373] MED -HI 1090 [514] 1050 [495] 1010 [477] 970 [458] 925 [436] 875 [413] 825 [389] HIGH 1300 [613] 1255 [592] 1210 [571] 1160 [547] 1110 [524] 1055 [498] 1005 [474] LOW' 1115 [526] 1091 [515] 1067 [504] 1044 [493] 1020 [481] 984 [464] 948 [447] RGRC -07 11 x 10 1/2 MED -LO 1326 [626] 1315 [621] 1304 [615] 1270 [599] 1236 [583] 1197 [565] 1157 [546] ERBGS [279 x 254] [373] MED -HI 1535 [724] 1512 [714] 1488 17021 1453 [6861 1418 [6691 1373 [648] 1327 [626] HIGH 1765 [833] 1723 [813] 1681 [793] 1639 [774] 1596 [753] 1544 [729] 1492 [704] LOW" 1199 [566] 1183 [558] 1167 [551] 1132 [534] 1097 [518] 1062 [501] 1026 [484] RGRC -09 12 x 11 3/4 MED -LO 1442 [681] 1416 [668] 1390 [656] 1360 [642] 1329 [627] 1288 [608] 1247 [589] EZAJS [305 x 279] [559] MED -HI 1666 [7861 1637 [773] 1606 [758] 1554 [733] 1501 [708] 1456 [687] 1407 [664] HIGH 2040 [963] 1993 [941] 1946 [918] 1888 [891] 1829 [863] 1758 [830] 1686 [796] LOW' 1230 [580] 1205 [569] 1160 [547] 1155 [545] 1130 [533] 1090 [514] 1050 [496] RGRC -10 12 x 11 3/4 MED -LO 1490 [703] 1445 [682] 1405 [663] 1375 [649] 1350 [637] 1295 [611], 1240 [585] EZAJS [305 x 279] [559] MED -HI 1710 [807] 1665 [786] 1620 [765] 1570 [741] 1540 [727] 1475 [696] 1410 [665] HIGH 2010 [949] 1955 [923] 1900 [897] 1855 [875] 1810 [854] 1710 [807] 1610 [760] Not applicable to heating speed. NOTE: Unit tested without filters NOTE: CFM values represent furnace -only airflow ratings [ ] Designates Metric Conversions INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 7 _ Air Accessories -0 RGRC Series VENT TERMINATION KITS CONCENTRIC: HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL = RXGY -E03A (US & Canadian Installations) HORIZONTAL TWO PIPE: RXGY -D02, RXGY -D03, RXGY -D04 (US Installations) RXGY -DO2A, RXGY -DO3A, RXGY -DO4A (Canadian Installations) RXGY G02 (US Only) NEUTRALIZER KIT: RXGY -A01 FOSSIL FUEL KIT: RXPF -F01, RXPF -F02 (TVA) RETURN AIR PLENUM: RXGR -C17B RXGR -C21B RXGR -C24B EXTERNAL BOTTOM FILTER RACK: RXGF -CB EXTERNAL SIDE FILTER RACK: RXGF -CA FILTER RACK FILTER SIZES' INCHES [mmI MODEL RXGF -CB ' (BOTTOM) RXGF -CA (SIDE) RGRC 04 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] RGRC 06 ' 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] RGRC 07EM 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] RGRC OlER 191/4 x 25 [489 x 635] 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] RGRC 09 191/4 x 25 [489•x 635] 153/4 x 25 [400 x 635] RGRC 10 191/4x25 [489 x 635] 153/4x25 [400 x 635] Filter racks are shipped without filters. Filters shipped with furnace may be used or a suitable 1" [25.4 mm] filter. PLENUM DATA FOR "A" COILS Plenum adapters are required in some instances for use on upflow applications when plenum and furnace size do not match. FURNACE WIDTH IN. [mm] PLENUM WIDTH IN. (mm) PLENUM ADAPTER UPFLOW COIL PLENUM 14 [356] 161/4 [413] RXAA -C171 RXAL -B16BU 14 [356] 201/4 [514] RXAA -C172 RXAL -B20BU 171/2 [445] 161/4 [413] RXAA -C185 RXAL -B16BU 171/2 [445] 201/4 [514] RXAA -C173 RXAL -B20BU 171/2 [445] 215/8 [549] RXAA -C187 RXAL-B21BU 171/2 [445] 251/4 [641] RXAA -C174 RXAL -B25BU 21 [533] 251/4 [641] RXAA -C175 RXAL -B25BU 21 [533] 221/4 [565] RXAA -C176 RXAL -B22BU 21 [533] 215/8 [549] RXAA -C188 RXAL -B21BU FOR HIGH ALTITUDES: NOTE: For Canadian installations only, an optional derate (manifold gas pressure reduction) method may be used to adjust the furnace for altitude. See Installation Instructions for more information. This optional method may NOT be used for U.S. installations. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 8 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 1 =_00 Air Limited Warranty RGRC Series GENERAL TERMS OF LIMITED WARRANTY* Rheem will furnish a replacement for any part of this product Conditional Parts which fails in normal use and service within the applicable (Registration Required) Ten (10) Years period stated, in accordance with the terms of the limited Heat Exchanger Limited Lifetime warranty. *For complete details of the Limited and Conditional Warranties, including applicable terms and conditions, contact your local contractor or the Manufacturer for a copy of the product warranty certificate. INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 9 The new degree of comfort.' In keeping with its policy of continuous progress and product improvement, Rheem reserves the right to make changes without notice. Rheem Heating, Cooling & Water Heating • P.O. Box 17010 Fort Smith, Arkansas 72917 • www.rheem.com Rheem Canada Ltd. /Ltee • 125 Edgeware Road, Unit 1 Brampton, Ontario • L6Y OP5 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT PRINTED IN U.S.A 05/12 OG FORM NO. G11 -527 r„ The new degree of comfort:" Rheem Classic® Series Downflow/ Horizontal Gas Furnaces • The Rheem Classic® 90 Plus High Efficiency line of down - flow/horizontal gas furnaces are designed for utility rooms, closets, alcoves, attics or crawl spaces. The RGTC is shipped in the downflow configuration and is easily converted for horizontal left-hand airflow applications. The design is certi- fied by CSA. • Heat exchanger is constructed of all stainless steel for maxi- mum corrosion resistance and thermal fatigue reliability. • Low profile "34 inch" design is lighter and easier to handle and leaves room for optional accessories. • Top electrical connections, left or right gas and condensate drainage connections on downflow models. • Condensate drain for horizontal application provided standard. • Integrated control board manages all operational functions and provides hookups for humidifier and electronic air cleaner. RGTC- Series Up to 95% A.F.U.E.-I- Input Rates from 45 to 105 kBTU [13.19 to 30.77 kW] Cina tA.F.U.E. (Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency) calculated In accordance with Department of Energy test procedures.' Air Gas Furnaces RGTC Series REVIEWED FOR CODE PPR� CE APPROVED FEB 15 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • An insulated blower compartment, a slow- opening gas valve and a specially designed inducer system make it one of the quietest furnaces on the market today. • Pre -paint galvanized steel cabinet. • Molded permanent filters. • Optional indoor or outdoor combustion air. • Transformer and control fuse protection. • Control board diagnostics. • A variety of cooling coils and plenums designed to use with the Classic® 90 Plus gas furnaces are available as optional accessories for air conditioning models. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION L T R# 1 YL-20 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT FORM NO. G11 -526 Table of Contents Air RGTC Series A TABLE OF CONTENTS Standard & Optional Equipment 3 Physical Data & Specifications 4 Model Number Identification 5 Dimensional Data 6 -7 Blower Performance Data 8 Accessories 9 Limited Warranty 10 3VIAlJC M 30CYj Et(.r' avvcutiii tt'7,411T„le 2 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT FUSE PROTECTION PRESSURE SWITCH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY HEAT EXCHANGER IN -SHOT BURNERS Air Standard & Optional Equipment RGTC Series INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL DRAFT INDUCER GAS VALVE AND MANIFOLD STANDARD EQUIPMENT Completely assembled and wired; heat exchanger; primary: 409 and aluminized 409 stainless steel, secondary: 29 -4C stainless steel; induced draft; pressure switch; redundant main gas control; blower compartment door safety switch; solid state time on /off blower control; limit controls; manual shut -off valve; 100% safety lock out; cool fan off delay; field selectable heat fan off delay; one hour automatic retry; power and self - test diagnostics; flame sense current diagnostics; electronic air cleaner connections; twinning (built -in) features; humidifier connections; humidifier on /off delay; low speed continuous fan option; single speed option for heating and cooling applica- tions; transformer; direct drive, multi -speed blower motor. (Please note: a thermostat is not included as standard equipment.) REMOTE SENSOR DIRECT SPARK IGNITION OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT NOTE: Furnace is not listed for use with fuels other than natural or L.P. (propane) gas. All models can be converted by a qualified distributor or local service dealer to use L.P. (propane) gas without changing burners. Factory approved kits must be used to convert from natural to L.P. (propane) gas and may be ordered as optional accessories from a parts distributor. For L.P. (propane) operation, refer to Conversion Kit Index Form. WARNING THIS FURNACE IS NOT APPROVED OR RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN MOBILE HOMES INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 3 zap Air Physical Data & Specifications RGTC Series Physical Data and Specifications U.S. and Canadian Models Downflow /Horizontal Models MODEL NUMBERS RGTC- 04EMAES RGTC- 06EMAES RGTC- 07ERBGS RGTC- 09EZAJS RGTC- 10ERBJS INPUT - BTU /HR [kW] iD 45,000 [13.19] 60,000 [17.58] 75,000 [21.98] 90,000 [26.38] 105,000 [30.77] HEATING CAPACITY BTU/HR [kW] 43,000 [12.61] 58,000 [16.99] 72,500 [21.25] 87,000 [25.50] 101,500 [29.75] HIGH ALTITUDE INPUT [kW] 0 40,500 [11.87] 54,000 [15.83] 67,500 [19.78] 81,000 [23.74] 94,500 [27.70] HIGH ALTITUDE OUTPUT CAPACITY [kW] 0 37,000 [10.84] 50,400 [14.77] 63,000 [18.46] 75,000 [21.98] 87,500 [25.64] BLOWER (D x W) [mm] 11x 7 [279x 178] 11 x 7 [279x 178] 11x 10 [279 x 254] 12 x11 [305 x279] 11x 10 1279x 254] MOTOR H.P. [W] SPEEDS -TYPE 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 1/2 [373] -4 -PSC 3/4 [559] -4 -PSC 3/4 [559] -4 -PSC MOTOR FULL LOAD AMPS 6.8 6.8 6.8 9.5 9.5 HEATING SPEED MED -LOW MED -HI MED -HI MED -HI MED -HI COOLING SPEED HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HEAT EXT. STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) [kPa] .10 [.025] .12 [.029] .12 [.029] .15 [.037] .20 [.049] RATED EXT. STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) [kPa] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] .50 [.124] HEATING CFM @ .2" W.C. E.S.P. [Us] 866 [409] 1122 [530] 1516 [716] 1698 [802] 1812 [856] COOLING CFM @ .5" W.C. E.S.P. [Us] 1220 [576] 1242 [586] 1559 [736] 1850 [873] 1977 [934] TEMPERATURE RISE RANGE F [ °C] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 30 -60 [16.7 -33.3] 35 -65 [19.4 -36.1] STANDARD FILTER [mm] (2) 12" x 20" [305 x 508] (2) 12' x 20° [305 x 508] (2) 12' x 20" [305 x 508] (2) 12" x 20' [305 x 508] (2) 14° x 20' [356 x 508] APPROX. SHIPPING WEIGHT (LBS.) [kg] 123 126 137 148 160 AFUE 03 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% 95.0% NOTES: All models are 115V, 60HZ, 10. Gas connection size for all models is 1/2" [13 mm] N.P.T. 0 See Conversion Kit Index Form for high altitude derate. O Canadian installations only. 03 In accordance with D.O.E. test procedures. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 4 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT Model Number Identification R G T C — Air Model Number Identification RGTC Series 06E M A E S Rheem Gas Downflow/ Design Heating Input Blower Size Variations Heat/Cool Fuel Code Furnace Horizontal Series Designation M = 11 x 7 A = Std. Designation S = U.S. and Condensing Electric Input [279 x 178 mm] B = Wide E = 1100-1300 CFM Canadian Natural Gas Furnace Ignition BTU /HR R = 11 x 10 Cabinet [519 -613.5 Us] Gas [279 x 254 mm] G = 1500 -1700 CFM 04E 45,000 [13 kW] Z = [707.9 -802.3 Us] 06E 60,000 [17.6 kW] [305 x 279 mm] J = 1900 -2100 CFM 07E 75,000 [20.5 kW] [896.7 -991.1 Us] 09E 90,000 [26.4 kW] 10E 105,000 [30.7 kW] [ ] Designates Metric Conversions INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 5 Air Dimensional Data RGTC Series TOP BOTTOM 223/32' [561 mm] 2331/32" [609 mm] COMBUSTION AIR INLET ELECT. CONN. 113/15" [46 mm] j- 2611/le" [678 mml 241/18" (611 mm] —mmj 2" [51 mm] DIA. -, GAS CONNECTION 15/8" 41 mm] DIA. ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN LEFT SIDE 5 /e" [16 mm] 61 /le" [154 mmj 4t3/ 6" [122 mm] A B RETURN AIR v 197/6" [505 mmj SUPPLY AIR FRONT �" [19 mml 3/4" [19 mm] 281 /le" [713 mmj 2ove" D1 [511 mm] 34" (864 mm] MP 2511,." [656 mm] — 241/16" [611 mml 2" [51 mm] DIA. ALT. GAS CONNECTION Q • •\-_15/s" [41 mm] DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN .— 5/8" (16 mmj 4i3/16" [122 mml_ - 43/6" [111 mmj RIGHT SIDE RGTCL A B C D E F SIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE (IN.) [mm] SHIP WGTS. Mg] RIGHT SIDE BACK TOP FRONT VENT 04 171/2 [445] 1611/32 [415] 155/8 [397] 2 [51] 165 /8 (422] 137/8 [352] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 0 123 [56] 06 171/2 [445] 1611/32 [415] 155/8 [397] 2 [51] 165/8 [422] 137/8 [352] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 0 126 [57] 07 21 [533] 1927/32 [504] 193/18 [486] 2 [51 ] 201/8 [511 ] 173/8 [441 ] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 0 137 [62] 09 21 [533] 1927/32 [504] 193/16 [486] 2 [51 ] 201/8 [511 ] 173/8 [441] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 151 ] 0 148 [67] 10 241/2 [622] 2311/32 [593] 225/8 [575] 2 [51] 235/8[600] 207/8 [530] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 0 160 [73] [ j Designates Metric Conversions IMPORTANT NOTE: Horizontal furnace may be installed for horizontal left hand air supply ONLY. The condensate trap provided for horizontal application must be installed in the field beneath the unit as directed in the furnace Installation & Operating Instructions. 6 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT ti 413/18" 16 e" 41 mm DIA. ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN [122 mm] 61 /64" • 24416" 2671/16" [170 mm) [611 mm] 2" [51 mm] DIA. GAS CONNECTION [153 mm] 197/8" TOP [505 mm[ 1 LEFT SIDE SUPPLY AIR 413/16" (122 mm]—. 43/8" --44 [111 mm] 2° [51 mm1 DIA. ALT. GAS CONNECTION [ ] Designates Metric Conversions �e Dimensional Data Air RGTC Series 113/16" [46 mm[ FRONT 34" [864 mm] 7 RIGHT SIDE 3/4" [19 mm] • 16 /e" [41 mm DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN 2513/,6" [656 mm] 241/18' [611 mm] D t 281/16" [713 mm) 201/e" [511 mm] BOTTOM 6/6" [16 mm] 19/32" [15 mmj t y 19/32" 1 [15 mm] RETURN AIR IMPORTANT NOTE: Horizontal furnace may be installed for horizontal left hand air supply ONLY. The condensate trap provided for horizontal application must be installed in the field beneath the unit as directed in the furnace Installation & Operating Instructions. INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 7 1 Air IBlower Performance Data RGTC Series MODEL RGTC BLOWER SIZE IN. [mm] MOTOR H.P. [W] BLOWER SPEED CFM [Lis] AIR DELIVERY EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE INCHES WATER COLUMN [kPa] 0.1 [.02] 0.2 [.05] 0.3 [.07] 0.4 [.10] 0.5 1.12] 0.6 [.15] 0.7 [.171 LOW 794 [375] 765 [361] 735 [347] 704 [332] 672 [317) 633 [299] 594 [281) 04 11 x 7 [279 x 178] 1/2 [373] MED -LO MED -HI 890 1110 [420] [524] 866 1084 14091 [512] 842 1057 [3981 [499] 811 [383] 1023 [483] 779 [368] 989 [467] 750 [354] 946 [447) 721 [341] 902 [426] HIGH 1383 [653] 1350 [638] 1317 [622] 1274 [602] 1230 [581] 1171 [553] 1112 [525] LOW' 816 [385] 792 [374] 767 [362] 739 [349] 711 [336] 686 [324] 661 [312) 06 11 x 7 [279 x 178] 1/2 [373] MED -L0 MED -HI 924 1164 [436] [5501 895 1122 [423] [5301 866 1080 [409] [510] 832 [393] 1044 [493] 798 [377] 1008 [476] 754 [356) 966 [456] 710 [335] 923 [436] HIGH 1409 [665] 1367 [646] 1325 [626] 1284 [606] 1242 [586] 1195 [564] 1148 [542] LOW' 1126 [532] 1097 [518] 1068 [504] 1036 [489] 1003 [473] 963 [455] 923 [436] 07 11 x 10 [279 x 254] 1/2 [373] MED -L0 MED -HI 1338 1555 [632] [734] 1309 1516 [618] [7161 1280 1477 [604] [698] 1253 [592] 1440 [680] 1225 [579] 1402 [662] 1185 [560] 1349 [6371 1145 [541) 1295 [612] HIGH 1743 [823] 1696 [801] 1649 [779] 1604 [757] 1559 [736] 1501 [709] 1442 [681] LOW' 1213 [573] 1196 [565] 1179 [557] 1158 [547] 1136 [536) 1108 [523] 1079 [510] 09 12 x 11 [305 x 279] 3/4 [559) MED -L0 MED -HI 1504 1734 [710] [819] 1474 1698 [696] [802] 1443 1662 1681 ] [7851 1415 [668] 1621 [766] 1387 [655] 1579 [746] 1348 [637] 1526 [7211 1308 [618] 1472 [695] HIGH 2111 [997] 2059 [972] 2007 [948] 1946 [919] 1885 [890] 1821 [860] 1756 [829) LOW` 1324 [625] 1309 [618] 1294 [611] 1272 [601] 1250 [590] 1221 [577] 1191 [562] 10 11 x 10 [279 x 254] j 3/4 [559] MED -L0 MED -HI 1617 1842 [764] [870] 1505 1812 [753] [856] 1573 1781 [743] [841] 1533 [724] 1728 [816] 1493 [705] 1674 [791] 1448 [684] 1619 [765] 1402 [662] 1564 [739] HIGH 2204 [1041] 2153 [1017) 2102 [993] 2040 [963] 1977 [934] 1905 [900] 1833 [866] NOTE: Recommended heating blower speeds are in bold. Not allowed for heating speed tap. NOTE: CFM values represent furnace -only airflow ratings. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 8 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT VENT TERMINATION KITS CONCENTRIC: HORIZONTAU VERTICAL = RXGY -E03A (US & Canadian Installations) HORIZONTAL TWO PIPE: RXGY -D02, RXGY -003, RXGY -004 (US Installations) RXGY -DO2A, RXGY -DO3A, RXGY -DO4A (Canadian Installations) RXGY -G02 (US Only) CONDENSATE PUMP KIT: RXGY -B01 NEUTRALIZER KIT: RXGY -A01 COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR BASE: RXGC -B17 RXGC -B21 RXGC -B24 EXTERNAL FILTER RACK: RXGF -CC FILTER RACK FILTER SIZES* INCHES [mm] MODEL RGTC- PLENUM ADAPTER DOWNFLOW RXGF -CC 04 (2) 12 x 20 [305 x 508] 06 (2) 12 x 20 [305 x 508] 07 (2) 12 x 20 [305 x 508] 09 (2) 12 x 20 [305 x 508] 10 (2) 14 x 20 [356 x 508] Filter racks are shipped without filters Filters shipped with furnace may be used or a suitable 1" [25.4 mm] filter. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions Accessories Air RGTC Series PLENUM DATA FOR "A" COILS Plenum adapters are required in some instances for use on downflow applications when plenum and furnace size do not match. FURNACE WIDTH IN. Imm] PLENUM WIDTH IN. [mm] PLENUM ADAPTER DOWNFLOW COIL PLENUM 171/2 [445] 161/4 [413] RXAA -C186 RXAL -B16BU 171/2 [445] 201/4 [514] RXAA -C173 RXAL-B20BU 171/2 [445] 215/8 [549] RXAA -C187 RXAL -B21BU 171/2 [445] 251/4 [641] RXAA -C174 RXAL -B25BU 21 [533] 251/4 [641] RXAA -C175 RXAL -B25BU 21 [533] 221/4 [565] RXAA -C176 RXAL -B22BU 21 [533] 215/8 [549] RXAA -C188 RXAL -B21BU 241/2 [622] 251/4 [641] RXAA -C177 RXAL -B25BU 241/2 [622] 215/8 [549] RXAA -C187 RXAL-B21BU FOSSIL FUEL KIT: RXPF -F01 RXPF -F02 (TVA) FOR HIGH ALTITUDES NOTE: For Canadian installations only, an optional derate (manifold gas pressure reduction) method may be used to adjust the fumace for altitude. See Installation Instructions for more information. This optional method may NOT be used for U.S. installations. FOR LEFT SIDE (ALTERNATE) CONDENSATE DRAIN KIT: RXGY -H01 (All Models) INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 9 Air Limited Warranty RGTC Series GENERAL TERMS OF LIMITED WARRANTY* Rheem will furnish a replacement for any part of this product Conditional Parts which fails in normal use and service within the applicable (Registration Required) Ten (10) Years period stated, in accordance with the terms of the limited Heat Exchanger Limited Lifetime warranty. For complete details of the Limited and Conditional Warranties, including applicable terms and conditions, contact your local contractor or the Manufacturer for a copy of the product warranty certificate. 10 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT The new degree of comfort." In keeping with its policy of continuous progress and product improvement, Rheem reserves the right to make changes without notice. Rheem Heating, Cooling & Water Heating • P.O. Box 17010 Fort Smith, Arkansas 72917 • www.rheem.com Rheem Canada Ltd. /Ltoe • 125 Edgeware Road, Unit 1 Brampton, Ontario • L6Y OP5 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT PRINTED IN USA 03/12 OG FORM NO. G1 1-526 The new degree of comfort:" ▪ Air Rheem Classic® Serif`s FILE COPY Air Conditioner pf • Attractive, louvered wrap- around jacket protects the coil from yard hazards and weather extremes. Top grille is steel reinforced for extra strength. Cabinet is powder painted for all- weather protection. • Air is discharged upward away from bushes and shrubs. The discharge pattern of the top grille provides minimum air restriction. • Combination Grille /Motor Mount secures the motor to the underside of the discharge grille. The grille protects the motor windings and bearings from rain and snow. Air Conditioners RANL Series RANL- Series Efficiencies up to 14.50 SEER /12.50 EER Nominal Sizes 1.5 -5 Ton [5.27 to 17.6 kW] Cooling Capacities 18.3 to 62 kBTU [5.36 to 18.17 kW] REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 15 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • All controls are accessible by removing one service panel. Removable top grille provides access to the condenser fan motor and condenser coil. • Single speed 8 -pole fan motor designed for low speed, quiet, energy- saving operation. • All models meet or exceed a 1000 -hour salt spray test per ASTM 8117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray Testing Apparatus. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION LT R # _.._.\ INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT FORM NO. Al 1-216 n All controls and compressor are accessible for servicing by removal of the service panel. Drawn Painted Base Pan. Air Model Features RANL Series Model Features RANL- Series Condensing Units 1. This unit contains a special scroll compressor that is designed specifically to operate with R -410A refrigerants and polyolester (POE) oils. The compressor is hermetically sealed and incorporates internal high temperature motor overload protection and durable insulation on the motor windings. It is externally mounted on rubber grommets to reduce vibration and noise. 2. Compressors have an internal pressure relief assembly to protect against excessive pressure differential. 3. All refrigerant connections are on the exterior of the unit, located close to the ground for neat appearing installations. 4. Cabinet is constructed of powder painted galvanized steel. The full wraparound louvered grille protects the coil from damage. 5. Copper tube — aluminum fin coils are used on all models. 6. The control box is located in the top corner of the cabinet providing for easy access through a service panel. 7. Service valves are standard on all models. 8. Power and control wiring are kept separate. 9. Every unit is factory charged and tested. 10. Separate compressor compartment for easy service access. 11. Drawn, painted base pan for extra corrosion resistance and sound reduction. 12. Automatic reset high and low pressure controls are stan- dard on all models. 13. A liquid line filter drier is standard on all models (shipped - not installed). INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 3 Air Modell .D. /Accessories/Compressor —0 RANL Series Model Number Identification R A N L — - 018 J A Z RHEEM REMOTE N = 13 SEER DESIGN COOLING ELECTRICAL VARIATIONS COOLING CONNECTION CONDENSING SERIES CAPACITY DESIGNATION A- SERIES = FITTING UNIT L = R -410A 018 = 18,000 BTU /HR [5.28 kW] J = 208/230V -1 -60 FULL - FEATURED Z = SWEAT W /SCROLL 024 = 24,000 BTU /HR [7.03 kW) C = 208/230V -3 -60 031 = 30,000 BTU /HR [8.79 kW] D = 460V -3 -60 037 = 36,000 BTU /HR [10.55 kW] (RANL MODELS 043 = 42,000 BTU /HR [12.31 kW] ONLY) 049 = 48,000 BTU /HR [14.07 kW] Y = 575V -3 -60 060 = 60,000 BTU /HR [17.58 kW] Accessories • Low Ambient Control (RXAD -A08) • Hard Start Components Thermostats 200-Series * Programmable 300 - Series' Deluxe Programmable 400-Series * Special Applications/ Programmable 500-Series * Communicating/ Programmable Brand Descriptor (3 Characters) Series (3 Characters) System (2 Characters) Type (2 Characters) RHC - TST 213 UN MS RHC =Rneem TST= Thennostal 200.Progmmmable 300 = Delue Prormma/ be l 400= aOns Prodrs mmebl e 500= CommunicaUngJ Programmable GE= Ges/Eleoh lc UN= Universat (A C/HP /GE) MD =ModuteUng Furnace DF =Dual Fuel CM= COmmunicaUrq SS- SingleSlage MS= MuUFSage Photos are representative. Actual models may vary. For detailed thermostat match -up information, see specification sheet form number T11 -001. Scroll® Compressor The reliable scroll compressor is the key to efficiency for this Rheem model. It's the latest in high- efficiency compressor tech- nology. The advanced scroll compressor offers low noise and vibration characteristics and features tolerance to liquid refrigerant and system contamination. The scroll compressor also has low start torque, reducing start problems in the field. And its unique design enables air conditioners to perform efficiently and quietly. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions • Compressor Time Delay Control (RXMD -B01) • Crankcase Heater 4 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT OD Air Electrical and Physical Data RANL Series Electrical and Physical Data Model Number RANL- ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL Phase Frequency (Hz) Voltage (Volts) Compressor Fan Motor Full Load Amperes (FLA) Minimum Circuit Ampacity Amperes Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Outdoor Coil Refrig. Per Circuit Oz. [g] Weight Rated Load Amperes (RLA) Locked Rotor Amperes (LRA) Minimum Amperes Maximum Amperes . Face Area Sq. Ft. [m21 No. Rows CFM (Us] Net Lbs. (kg] Shipping Lbs. [kg] Rev. 5/17/12 018JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 9/9 48 0.6 12/12 15/15 20/20 9.07 [0.84] 1 1775 [838] 70[1984] 130 [59.0] 140 [59] 024JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 12.8/12.8 58.3 0.6 17/17 20/20 25/25 11.00 [1.02] 1 1920 [906] 72 [2041] 140 [63.5] 150 [63.5] 031JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 14.1/14.1 73 0.6 19/19 25/25 30/30 11.06 [1.03] 1 1920 [906] 83 [2353] 143 [64.9] 152.5 [64.9] 037CAZ 3 -60- 208/230 13.2/13.2 88 1.2 18/18 25/25 30/30 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 106 [3005] 193 [87.5] 211.5 [87.5] 037DAZ 3 -60 -460 ' 6 44 0.6 9 15 15 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 106 [3005] 193 [87.5] 211.5 [87.5] 037JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 17.9/17.9 112 1.2 24/24 30/30 40/40 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 106 [3005] 193 [87.5] 211.5 [87.5] 043CAZ 3- 60- 208/230 13.6/13.6 83.1 1.2 19/19 25/25 30/30 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 202 [91.6] 210.5 [91.6] 043DAZ 3 -60 -460 6.1 41 0.6 9 15 15 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 202 [91.6] 210.5 [91.6] 043JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 19.9/19.9 109 1.2 27/27 35/35 45/45 16.10 [1.50] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 202 [91.6] 210.5 [91.6] 049CAZ 3 -60- 208/230 13.7/13.7 83.1 1.2 19/19 25/25 30/30 20.13 [1.87] 1 3500 [1652] 132 [3742] 214 [97.1] 233.5 [97.1] 049DAZ 3 -60 -460 6.2 41 0.6 9 15 15 23.13 [2.15] 1 3500 [1652] 132 [3742] 214 [97.11 233.5 [97.1] 049JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 21.8/21.8 117 1.2 29/29 35/35 50/50 20.13 [1.87] 1 3500 [1652] 132 [3742] 214 [97.1] 233.5 [97.1] 049YAZ 3 -60 -575 ' 4.8 33 0.5 7 15 15 20.13 [1.87] 1 3500 [1652] 132 [3742] 214 [97.1] 233.5 [97.1] 060CAZ 3 -60- 208/230 15.6/15.6 110 1.2 21/21 25/25 35/35 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [113.4] 060DAZ 3 -60 -460 7.8 52 0.6 11 15 15 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [113.4] 060JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 26.3/26.3 134 1.2 35/35 45/45 60/60 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [113.4] 060YAZ 3 -60 -575 5.8 38.9 0.5 8 15 15 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [113.4] [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 22 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT Unit Dimensions r AIR DISCHARGE ALLOW 60" [1524 mm] CLEARANCE AIR INLETS (LOUVERS) ALLOW 6" [152 mm] MIN. CLEARANCE 3 SIDES ACCESS PANEL ALLOW 24" [610 mm] ACCESS CLEARANCE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION 7/8" [22 mm] Air Unit Dimensions (RANL Series VAPOR LINE CONNECTION HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL MANUAL RESET (FIELD INSTALLED ACCESSORY) HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTION 111/32" [34 mm] LIQUID LINE CONNECTION SERVICE ACCESS TO ELECTRICAL & VALVES ALLOW 24" [610 mm] CLEARANCE ONE SIDE FA" [73 mm] DIA. ACCESSORY KNOCKOUTS Model Number RANL- Height "H" (Inches) [mm] Length "L" (Inches) [mm] Width "W" (Inches) [mm] 018 19 [483] 351/2 [902] 233/4 [603] 024/031 19 [483] 401/2 [1029] 275/8 [702] 037/043 23 [584] 443/8 [1127] 311/2 [800] 049 29 [737] 443/8 [1127] 311/2 [800] 060 33 [838] 443/8 [1127] 311/2 [800] [ ] Designates Metric Conversions INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 23 Air Refrigerant Line Size Information -0 RANL Series Condensing Unit Refrigerant Line Size Information Liquid Line Sizing (R -410A) System Capacity Line Size Connection (Inch 1.0.) Line Size (Inch 0.1).) [mm] Liquid Line Size - Outdoor Unit Above Indoor Coil (Cooling Only - Does not apply to Heat Pumps) Liquid Line Size - Outdoor Unit Below Indoor Coil Total Equivalent Length -Feet [m] Total Equivalent Length-Feet [m] 25 [7.62] 50 [15.241 75 [22.86] 100 [30.48] 125 [38.10] 150 [45.72] 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 75 [22.861 100 [30.48] 125 (38.10] 150 [45.72] Minimum Vertical Separation -Feet [m] Maximum Vertical Separation -Feet [m] 11/2 Ton 3/8' 1/4 [6.35] 0 0 0 0 8 [2.44] 24 [7.32] 25 [7.62] 40 [12.19] 25 [7.62] 9 [2.74] N/A N/A 5/16 [7.94] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 62 [18.90] 58 [17.68] 53 [16.15] 49 [14.94] 3/8* [9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24) 75 [22.86] 72 [21.95] 70 [21.34] 68 [20.73] 2 Ton 3/8" 1/4 [6.35] 0 3 [0.91] 29 [8.84] 55 [16.76] 81 [24.69) 108 [32.92] 23 [7.01] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/16 [7.94] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 36 [10.97] 29 [8.84] 23 [7.01] 16 [4.88] 9 [2.74] 3/8* [9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 72 [21.95] 70 [21.34] 68 [20.73] 65 [19.81] 21/2 Ton 3/8" 1/4 [6.35] 0 14 [4.27] 56 [17.07] 98 [29.87] N/A N/A 25 [7.62] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/16 [7.94] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 49 [14.94] 38 [11.58] 27 [8.23] 17 [5.18] 6 [1.83] 3/8* [9.53) 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 68 [20.73] 65 [19.81] 62 [18.90] 58 [17.68] 3 Ton 3/8" 5/16 [7.94] 0 0 0 0 0 9 [2.74] 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 37 [11.28] 22 [6.71] 7 [2.13] N/A 3/8* ][9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 68 [20.73] 63 [19.20] 58 [17.68] 53 [16.15] 31/2 Ton 3/8" 5/16 1[7.94] 0 0 0 16 [4.88] 35 [10.67] 54 [16.46] 25 [7.62] 23 [7.01] 4 [1.22] N/A N/A N/A 3/8* x[9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 43 [13.11 ] 36 [10.97] 30 [9.14] 24 [7.32] 4 Ton 3/8° 3/8* [9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 46 [14.02] 38 [11.58] 30 [9.14] 22 [6.71] 15 [4.57] 1/2 [12.57] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 56 [17.07] 55 [16.76] 53 [16.15] 52 [15.85] 5 Ton 3/8" 3/8* [9.53] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 56 [17.07] 44 [13.41] 32 [9.75] 20 [6.10] 1/2 [12.57] 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 [7.62] 50 [15.24] 75 [22.86] 81 [24.69] 79 [24.08] 76 [23.16] NOTES: 'Standard line size N/A = Application not recommended. Suction Line Length/Size versus Capacity Multiplier (R -410A) Unit Size 11/2 Ton 2 Ton I 2V2 Ton 3 Ton 31/2 Ton 1 4 Ton I 5 Ton Suction Line Connection Size 3/4" [19.05 mm] I.D. 7 /8° [22.23 mm] I.D. Suction Line Run- 5 /8" [15.88 mm] 0.D. Opt. 5 /s' [15.88 mm] O.D. Opt. 3/4" [19.05 mm] O.D. Opt. 7 /8' [22.23 mm] O.D. Opt. Feet [m] [ ] 3 /4° [19.05 mm] O.D. Std.` [ ] 3/4" [19.05 mm] O.D. Std.* 7/8" [22.23 mm] 0.0. Opt. 7/8' [22.23 mm] 0.0. Std.* [ ] 11/8' [28.58 mm] 0.0. Std.* [ ] Optional 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 25' [7.62] Standard 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Optional N/A N/A 1.00 N/A N/A N/A N/A Optional .98 .98 .96 .98 .99 .99 .99 50' [15.24] Standard .99 .99 .98 .99 .99 .99 .99 Optional N/A N/A .99 N/A N/A N/A N/A Optional .95 .95 .94 .96 .96 .96 .97 100' [30.48] Standard .96 .96 .96 .97 .98 .98 .98 Optional N/A N/A .97 N/A N/A N/A N/A Optional .92 .92 .91 .94 .94 .95 .94 150' [45.72] Standard .93 .94 .93 .95 .96 .96 .97 Optional N/A N/A .95 N/A N/A N/A N/A NOTES: *Standard line size Using suction line larger than shown in chart will result in poor oil return and is not recommended. [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 24 INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT Air Limited Warranty RANL Series GENERAL TERMS OF LIMITED WARRANTY* Rheem will furnish a replacement for any part of this product Conditional Parts which fails in normal use and service within the applicable (Registration Required) Ten (10) Years period stated, in accordance with the terms of the limited warranty. For complete details of the Limited and Conditional Warranties, including applicable terms and conditions, contact your local contractor or the Manufacturer for a copy of the product warranty certificate. w INTEGRATED HOME COMFORT 25 P RE CITY • FE PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR UPFLOW & DOWNFLOW /HORIZONTAL HIGH EFFICIENCY CONDENSING GAS FURNASEwEDFOR (- )GRC /( -)GTC SERIES CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 15 2013 member gama EIVED TUKWIL 0 6 2013 IT CENTE ENERGY STAR GORRECTO LTR# \ —. 2.00 -fs.- FILE COPY eirmIt :1 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION! AWARNING IF THE INFORMATION IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS IS NOT FOLLOWED EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT, CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. AWARNING THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE INTENDED AS AN AID TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT. READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY BEFORE ATTEMPTING INSTALLATION OR OPERATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN IMPROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE, POSSIBLY RESULTING IN FIRE, ELECTRICAL SHOCK, CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, EXPLOSION, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. AWARNING PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS CHEMICALS KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. 'u.— .._•z. a...�..� - .s... ....'.., Add. AWARNING — Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids, or other combustible materials in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. — WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. ; • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's 1 instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. • Do not return to your home until authorized by the gas supplier or fire department. — DO NOT RELY ON SMELL ALONE TO DETECT LEAKS. DUE TO VARIOUS FACTORS, YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SMELL FUEL GASES. 1 • U.L. recognized fuel gas and CO (carbon monoxide) detectors are recommended in all applications, and their installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and/or local laws, rules, regulations, or customs. — Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or maintenance can cause injury, property damage or death. Refer to this manual. Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. In the commonwealth of Massachusetts, installation must be performed by a licensed plumber or gas fitter for appropriate fuel. DO NOT DESTROY THIS MANUAL. PLEASE READ CAREFULLY AND KEEP IN A SAFE PLACE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE BY A SERVICEMAN. 92 -24161 -88-04 SUPERSEDES 92- 24161 -88 -03 INSTALLATION CHECK LIST REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ••GASSUPPLY—,• • • -- 3 );tia° iiAdel4 a..! .1'J(.U:) Q3'Correct,fapply pressure (during furnace operation) r►1 CManifold-pr)essure .I. •la .a No gas leaks Kit itN umber (if applicable) _ELECTRICAL --a-- ' - -•�-• � 115 V.AC. supply (Single Circuit) Polarity observed Furnace properly grounded Adequate wire size 2 ,, ,- FURNACE INSTALLATION Adequate clearance to combustibles Adequate clearance for service (at front) DUCT STATIC PRESSURE in. w.c. on heating speed in w c on cooling speed Air temperature rise CONDENSATE LINE Trap filled with water Vented Sloped toward drain Condensate drain line hoses connected and clamped Freeze protection (if necessary) VENTING – DIRECT VENT in diameter – intake pipe in diameter – exhaust pipe ft of pipe – intake air no. of elbows – intake air ft of pipe – exhaust pipe no. of elbows – exhaust pipe Exhaust vent temp. •ra N TERMINATIONS – DIRECT VENT VERTICAL Intake – 12" min. above roof /snow level Correct relationship – exhaust to intake HORIZONTALNERTICAL – CONCENTRIC (RXGY -E03A) Intake –12" min. above roof /snow level Intake "Y" rotated above center Exhaust sloped toward furnace HORIZONTAL – STANDARD (RXGY -D02, -DO2A, -D03, DO3A) Correct relationship – exhaust to intake 12" min. above grade /snow level HORIZONTAL – ALTERNATE (RXGY -D02, -DO2A, -D03, - DO3A) Correct relationship – exhaust to intake Above anticipated snow level VENTING – NON - DIRECT VENT in. diameter – exhaust pipe ft. of pipe – exhaust no. of elbows TERMINATION – NON - DIRECT VENT VERTICAL 12" min. above roof /snow level HORIZONTAL – STANDARD 12" min. above grade /snow level HORIZONTAL – ALTERNATE Above anticipated snow level Model Number Serial # Date of Installation try, ;fit s ; .e _t SAFETY INFORMATION A WARNING USE ONLY WITH TYPE OF GAS APPROVED FOR THIS FURNACE. REFER TO THE FURNACE RATING PLATE. A WARNING INSTALL THIS FURNACE ONLY IN A LOCATION AND POSITION AS SPECIFIED IN THE LOCATION REQUIREMENTS AND CONSIDERATIONS SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR TO THE FURNACE SPACE AS SPECIFIED IN THE VENTING SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. A WARNING PROVIDE ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR TO THE FURNACE SPACE AS SPECIFIED IN THE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. A WARNING COMBUSTION PRODUCTS MUST BE DISCHARGED OUTDOORS. CONNECT THIS FURNACE TO AN APPROVED VENT SYSTEM ONLY, AS SPECIFIED IN VENT PIPE INSTALLATION SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. A WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM FOR EXTENDED PERIODS WITHOUT FILTERS. A PORTION OF THE DUST ENTRAINED IN THE AIR MAY TEMPORARILY LODGE IN THE AIR DUCT RUNS AND AT THE SUPPLY REGISTERS. ANY CIRCULATED DUST PARTICLES WILL BE HEATED AND CHARRED BY CONTACT WITH THE FURNACE HEAT EXCHANGER. THIS SOOTY RESIDUE WILL SOIL CEILINGS, WALLS, DRAPES, CARPETS AND OTHER HOUSEHOLD ARTICLES. SOOT DAMAGE MAY ALSO RESULT WITH, OR WITHOUT, FILTERS IN PLACE, WHEN CERTAIN TYPES OF CANDLES ARE BURNED, OR CANDLEWICKS ARE LEFT UNTRIMMED. A WARNING NEVER TEST FOR GAS LEAKS WITH AN OPEN FLAME. USE A COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE SOAP SOLUTION MADE SPECIFICALLY FOR THE DETECTION OF LEAKS TO CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS, AS SPECIFIED IN GAS SUPPLY AND PIPING SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. A WARNING ALWAYS INSTALL FURNACE TO OPERATE WITHIN THE FURNACE'S INTENDED TEMPERATURE -RISE RANGE WITH A DUCT SYSTEM WHICH HAS AN EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE WITHIN THE ALLOWABLE RANGE, AS SPECIFIED IN DUCTING SECTION OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. SEE ALSO FURNACE RATING PLATE. A WARNING WHEN A FURNACE IS INSTALLED SO THAT SUPPLY DUCTS CARRY AIR CIRCULATED BY THE FURNACE TO AREAS OUTSIDE THE SPACE CONTAINING THE FURNACE, THE RETURN AIR SHALL ALSO BE HANDLED BY DUCT(S) SEALED TO THE FURNACE CASING AND TERMINATING OUTSIDE THE SPACE CONTAINING THE FURNACE. A WARNING DO NOT INSTALL THIS FURNACE IN A MOBILE HOME!! THIS FURNACE IS NOT APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION IN A MOBILE HOME. DOING SO COULD CAUSE FIRE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. A WARNING WHEN THIS FURNACE IS INSTALLED IN A RESIDENTIAL GARAGE, IT MUST BE INSTALLED SO THE BURNERS AND IGNITION SOURCE ARE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THIS IS TO REDUCE THE RISK OF IGNITING FLAMMABLE VAPORS WHICH MAY BE PRESENT IN A GARAGE. ALSO, THE FURNACE MUST BE LOCATED OR PROTECTED TO AVOID PHYSICAL DAMAGE BY VEHICLES. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION, RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. A WARNING INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING: • PROPER VENT INSTALLATION; • FURNACE OPERATING UNDER THERMOSTATIC CONTROL; • RETURN AIR DUCT SEALED TO THE FURNACE; • AIR FILTERS IN PLACE; • SET FURNACE INPUT RATE AND TEMPERATURE RISE PER RATING PLATE MARKING; • MEANS FOR PROVIDING OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION; • RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED BETWEEN 55 °F (13 °C) AND 80 °F (27 °C); AND • CLEAN FURNACE, DUCT WORK AND COMPONENTS UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, AND VERIFY FURNACE OPERATING CONDITIONS INCLUDING IGNITION, INPUT RATE, TEMPERATURE RISE AND VENTING, ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS. 3 k WARNING DUCT LEAKS CAN CREATE AN UNBALANCED SYSTEM AND DRAW POLLUTANTS SUCH AS DIRT, DUST, FUMES AND ODORS INTO THE HOME CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE. FUMES AND ODORS FROM TOXIC, VOLATILE OR FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS, AS WELL AS AUTOMOBILE EXHAUST AND CARBON MONOXIDE (CO), CAN BE DRAWN INTO THE LIVING SPACE THROUGH LEAKING DUCTS AND UNBALANCED DUCT SYSTEMS CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH (SEE FIGURE 3). • IF AIR - MOVING EQUIPMENT OR DUCTWORK IS LOCATED IN GARAGES OR OFF- GARAGE STORAGE AREAS - ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND OPENINGS IN THE EQUIPMENT AND DUCT MUST BE SEALED TO LIMIT THE MIGRATION OF TOXIC FUMES AND ODORS INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE FROM MIGRATING INTO THE LIVING SPACE. • IF AIR - MOVING EQUIPMENT OR DUCTWORK IS LOCATED IN SPACES CONTAINING FUEL BURNING APPLIANCES SUCH AS WATER HEATERS OR BOILERS - ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND OPENINGS IN THE EQUIPMENT AND DUCT MUST ALSO BE SEALED TO PREVENT DEPRESSURIZATION OF THE SPACE AND POSSIBLE MIGRATION OF COMBUSTION BYPRODUCTS INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE INTO THE LIVING SPACE. NOTICE IMPROPER INSTALLATION, OR INSTALLATION NOT MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CSA INTERNATIONAL (CSA) CERTIFICATION OR THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAN RESULT IN UNSATISFACTORY OPERATION AND /OR DANGEROUS CONDI- TIONS AND ARE NOT COVERED BY THE UNIT WARRANTY. NOTICE IN COMPLIANCE WITH RECOGNIZED CODES, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AN AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN BE INSTALLED UNDER ALL EVAPORATOR COILS OR UNITS CONTAINING EVAPORATOR COILS OR GAS FURNACES USED WITH EVAPORATOR COILS THAT ARE LOCATED IN ANY AREA OF A STRUCTURE WHERE DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR BUILDING CONTENTS MAY OCCUR AS A RESULT OF AN OVERFLOW OF THE COIL DRAIN PAN OR A STOPPAGE IN THE PRIMARY CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. 4 SAFETY INFORMATION IMPORTANT! THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REQUIRES COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION 248 CMR 4.00 AND 5.00 FOR INSTALLATION OF THROUGH -THE- WALL VENTED GAS APPLIANCES AS FOLLOWS: (a) For all side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in every dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes, including those owned or operated by the Commonwealth and where the side wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven (7) feet above finished grade in the area of the venting, including but not limited to decks and porches, the following requirements shall be satisfied: 1. INSTALLATION OF CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS. At the time of installation of the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment, the instal- ling plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back -up is installed on the floor level where the gas equipment is to be installed. In addition, the installing plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a battery operated or hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm is installed on each additional level of the dwelling, building or structure served by the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to secure the services of qualified licensed professionals for the installation of hard wired carbon monoxide detectors. a. In the event that the side wall horizon- tally vented gas fueled equipment is in- stalled in a crawl space or an attic, the hard wired carbon monoxide detector with alarm and battery back -up may be installed on the next adjacent floor level. b. In the event that the requirements of this subdivision can not be met at the time of completion of installation, the owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days to comply with the above require- ments; provided, however, that during said thirty (30) day period, a battery operated carbon monoxide detector with an alarm shall be installed. 2. APPROVED CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS. Each carbon monoxide detector is required in accordance with the above provisions shall comply with NFPA 720 and be ANSI /UL 2034 listed and IAS certified. 3.SIGNAGE. A metal or plastic identifica- tion plate shall be permanently mounted to the exterior of the building at a mini- mum height of eight (8) feet above grade directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for the horizontally vented gas fueled heating appliance or equipment. The sign shall read, in print size no less than one -half (1/2) inch in size "GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS ". 4. INSPECTION. The state or local gas inspector of the side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment shall not approve the installation unless, upon inspection, the inspector observes carbon monoxide detectors and signage installed in accordance with the provisions of 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a) 1 through 4. (b) EXEMPTIONS: The following equipment is exempt from 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a) 1 through 4: 1. The equipment listed in Chapter 10 entitled "Equipment Not Required To Be Vented" in the most current edition of NFPA 54 as adopted by the Board; and 2. Product Approved side wall hori- zontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in a room or structure sepa- rate from the dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes. (c) MANUFACTURER REQUIRE- MENTS — GAS EQUIPMENT VENT- ING SYSTEM PROVIDED. When the manufacturer of Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas equipment provides a venting system design or venting system components with the equipment, the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation of the equipment and the venting system shall include: 1. Detailed instructions for the instal- lation of the venting system design or the venting system components; and 2. A complete parts list for the venting system design or venting system. (d) MANUFACTURER REQUIRE- MENTS — GAS EQUIPMENT VENT- ING SYSTEM NOT PROVIDED. When the manufacturer of a Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment does not provide the parts for venting the flue gases, but identified "special venting systems ", the following requirements shall be satisfied by the manufacturer: 1. The referenced "special venting system" instructions shall be included with the appliance or equipment installation instructions; and 2. The "special venting systems" shall be Product Approved by the Board, and the instructions for that system shall include a parts list and detailed installation instructions. (e) A copy of installation instructions for all Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equip- ment, all venting instructions, all parts lists for venting instructions, and /or all venting design instructions shall remain with the appliance or equipment at the completion of the installation. IMRORTANT: All manufacturer products meet current Federal OSHA Guidelines for safety. California Proposition 65 warnings are required for certain products, which are not covered by the OSHA standards. California's Proposition 65 requires warnings for products sold in California that contain, or produce, any of over 600 listed chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects such as fiberglass insulation, lead in brass, and combustion products from natural gas. All "new equipment" shipped for sale in California will have labels stating that the product contains and /or produces Proposition 65 chemicals. Although we have not changed our processes, having the same label on all our products facilitates manufacturing and shipping. We cannot always know "when, or if" products will be sold in the California market. You may receive inquiries from customers about chemicals found in, or produced by, some of our heating and air - conditioning equipment, or found in natural gas used with some of our products. Listed below are those chemicals and substances commonly associated with similar equipment in our industry and other manufacturers. • Glass Wool (Fiberglass) Insulation • Carbon Monoxide (CO) • Formaldehyde • Benzene More details are available at the Websites for OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration), at www.osha.gov and the State of California's OEHHA (Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment), at www.oehha.org. Consumer education is important since the chemicals and substances on the list are found in our daily lives. Most consumers are aware that products present safety and health risks, when improperly used, handled and maintained. CONTENTS Safety Precautions Installation Check List Safety Information General Information Location Requirements and Considerations Ducting Venting and Combustion Air Piping Combustion and Ventilation Air Vent Pipe Installation Condensate Drain /Neutralizer Converting Downflow to Horizontal Gas Supply and Piping High Altitude Instructions Electrical Wiring Accessories Furnace Twinning Start-Up Procedures Air Flow Maintenance Troubleshooting Wiring Diagrams 1 2 3 6 8 13 14 16 19 32 34 36 38 41 42 42 46 48 51 54 55 -56 IMPORTANT: TO INSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THIS PRODUCT, COMPLETELY READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO ATTEMPTING TO ASSEMBLE, INSTALL, OPERATE, MAINTAIN OR REPAIR THIS PRODUCT. UPON UNPACKING OF THE FURNACE, INSPECT ALL PARTS FOR DAMAGE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND START -UP. 5 GENERAL INFORMATION The ( -)GRC and ( -)GTC series furnaces are design- certified by CSA for use with natural and propane gases as follows: 1. As non - direct vent central forced air furnaces taking combustion air from the installation area or using air ducted from the outside. 2. As direct vent central forced air furnaces with all combustion air supplied directly to the furnace burners through a special air intake system outlined in these instructions. Install this furnace in accordance with the American National Standard Z223.1 — latest edition entitled "National Fuel Gas Code" (NFPA54) and requirements or codes of the local utilities or other authorities having jurisdiction. This is available from the following: National Fire Protection Association, Inc. Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269 CSA - INTERNATIONAL 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road Cleveland, Ohio 44131 -5575 Install units in Canada in accordance with CSA -B149, local installation FIGURE 1 UPFLOW FURNACE O O O ITEM NO. 0 3 GAS - INLET Kg int,wim-' II liti limil ..m 1 II ri I� C.0 s El PART NAME ITEM NO. 0 - OPTIONAL COMBUSTION AIR INLET PART NAME 0 0 0 1409 1 CONDENSATE TRAP 2 DOOR SWITCH 3 JUNCTION BOX 4 TRANSFORMER 5 BLOCKED DRAM PRESSURE SWITCH 8 MAIN PRESSURE SWITCH 7 EXHAUST TRANSITION 8 CONNECTOR 9 OUTLET AIR PIPE 10 SHIPPING PLUG 11 FLAME SENSOR 12 OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH 13 TOP PLATE 14 BURNER 15 IGNITER (HSI ONLY) 16 COMBUSTION AIR INLET 17 GAS VALVE 18 INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER 19 CAPACITOR 20 LOW VOLTAGE (THERMOSTAT) TERMINAL 21 CONTROL MOUNTING PLATE 22 BLOWER 6 codes and authorities having jurisdiction. CSA -B149 is available from: CSA- INTERNATIONAL 178 Rexdale Blvd. Toronto, Ontario Canada M9W, 1 R3 NOTE: Models having option code 320 added at the end of the model number designation are shipped factory ready for a horizontal only installation. The drain trap for downflow installation is not included in the parts bag for these appliances. FIGURE 2 DOWNFLOW/HORIZONTAL FURNACE ITEM NO. PART NAME ITEM NO. PART NAME 1 INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER 2 CAPACITOR 3 INLET AIR CHASE 4 DOOR SWITCH 5 JUNCTION BOX 6 INLET PIPE CONNECTOR 7 TOP PLATE 8 CONTROL MOUNTING PLATE 9 AUXILIARY LIMIT 10 SHIPPING PLUG 11 EXHAUST CONNECTION 12 BLOWER 13 EXHAUST PIPE EXTENSION 14 LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL (THERMOSTAT) 15 TRANSFORMER 16 PRESSURE SWITCH 17 OUTLET AIR PIPE 18 GAS VALVE 19 CONNECTOR 20 EXHAUST TRANSITION 21 CONDENSATE TRAP 22 IGNITER (HSI) 23 MANIFOLD 24 OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH 25 ROLLOUT SWITCH 26 FLAME SENSOR 27 BURNER IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT EFFICIENCY AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY Central cooling and heating equipment is only as efficient as the duct system that carries the cooled or heated air. To maintain efficiency, comfort and good indoor air quality, it is important to have the proper balance between the air being supplied to each room and the air returning to the cooling and heating equipment. Proper balance and sealing of the duct system improves the efficiency of the heating and air conditioning system and improves the indoor air quality of the home by reducing the amount of airborne pollutants that enter homes from spaces where the ductwork and /or equipment is located. The manufacturer and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Energy Star Program recommend that central duct systems be checked by a qualified contractor for proper balance and sealing. A WARNING DUCT LEAKS CAN CREATE AN UNBALANCED SYSTEM AND DRAW POLLUTANTS SUCH AS DIRT, DUST, FUMES AND ODORS INTO THE HOME CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE. FUMES AND ODORS FROM TOXIC, VOLATILE OR FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS, AS WELL AS AUTOMOBILE EXHAUST AND CARBON MONOXIDE (CO), CAN BE DRAWN INTO THE LIVING SPACE THROUGH LEAKING DUCTS AND UNBALANCED DUCT SYSTEMS CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH (SEE FIGURE 3). • IF AIR - MOVING EQUIPMENT OR DUCTWORK IS LOCATED IN GARAGES OR OFF - GARAGE STORAGE AREAS - ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND OPENINGS IN THE EQUIPMENT AND DUCT MUST BE SEALED TO LIMIT THE MIGRATION OF TOXIC FUMES AND ODORS INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE FROM MIGRATING INTO THE LIVING SPACE. • IF AIR- MOVING EQUIPMENT OR DUCTWORK IS LOCATED IN SPACES CONTAINING FUEL BURNING APPLIANCES SUCH AS WATER HEATERS OR BOILERS - ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND OPENINGS IN THE EQUIPMENT AND DUCT MUST ALSO BE SEALED TO PREVENT DEPRESSURIZATION OF THE SPACE AND POSSIBLE MIGRATION OF COMBUSTION BYPRODUCTS INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE INTO THE LIVING SPACE. NOTICE IMPROPER INSTALLATION, OR INSTALLATION NOT MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CSA INTERNATIONAL (CSA) CERTIFICATION OR THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAN RESULT IN UNSATISFACTORY OPERATION AND /OR DANGEROUS CONDI- TIONS AND ARE NOT COVERED BY THE UNIT WARRANTY. NOTICE IN COMPLIANCE WITH RECOGNIZED CODES, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AN AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN BE INSTALLED UNDER ALL EVAPORATOR COILS OR UNITS CONTAINING EVAPORATOR COILS OR GAS FURNACES USED WITH EVAPORATOR COILS THAT ARE LOCATED IN ANY AREA OF A STRUCTURE WHERE DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING OR BUILDING CONTENTS MAY OCCUR AS A RESULT OF AN OVERFLOW OF THE COIL DRAIN PAN OR A STOPPAGE IN THE PRIMARY CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. matches what is required for the job specification. • Read the entire instructions before starting the installation. • Some building codes require extra cabinet insulation and gasketing when unit is installed in attic applications. • If installed in an unconditioned space, apply caulking around the power wires, control wires, refrigerant tubing and condensate line where they enter the cabinet. Seal the power wires on the inside where they exit conduit opening. Caulking is required to prevent air leakage into and condensate from forming inside the unit, control box, and on electrical controls. • Install the unit in such a way as to allow necessary access to the coil /filter rack and blower /control compartment. • Install the unit in a level position to ensure proper condensate drainage. Make sure unit is level in both directions within 1/8 ". • Install the unit in accordance with any local code which may apply and the national codes. Latest editions are available from: FIGURE 3 MIGRATION OF DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES, FUMES, AND ODORS INTO LIVING SPACES (-------„, rks, ----c,,,-.:-...,-,..._ _,,„r__ ,__—,. Adapteo from Residential Duct Diagrrosf cs and Repair, with permission of Air Conaiu[ming Contractors of America (ACCA). RECEIVING Immediately upon receipt, all cartons and contents should be inspected for transit damage. Units with damaged cartons should be opened immediately. If damage is found, it should be noted on the delivery papers, and a damage claim filed with the last carrier. • After unit has been delivered to job site, remove carton taking care not to damage unit. • Check the unit rating plate for unit size, electric heat, coil, voltage, phase, etc. to be sure equipment "National Fire Protection Association, Inc., Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269." These publications are: • ANSI /NFPA No. 70- (Latest Edition) National Electrical Code. • NFPA90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. • NFPA90B Installation of warm air heating and air conditioning systems. • The equipment has been evaluated in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter XX, Part 3280. 7 LOCATION REQUIREMENTS AND CONSIDERATIONS GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING DO NOT USE THIS FURNACE DURING CONSTRUCTION IF AIR LADEN CORROSIVE COMPOUNDS ARE PRESENT SUCH AS CHLORINE AND FLUORINE. OTHERWISE, PROVISIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO PROVIDE CLEAN, UNCONTAMINATED COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR TO THE FURNACE. FURNACE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR CONTAMINATED WITH THESE COMPOUNDS FORMS ACIDS DURING COMBUSTION WHICH CORRODES THE HEAT EXCHANGER AND COMPONENT PARTS. SOME OF THESE CONTAMINANTS ARE FOUND IN, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PANELING, DRY WALL, ADHESIVES, PAINTS, STAINES, VARNISHES, SEALERS, AND MASONRY CLEANING MATERIALS. A WARNING DO NOT INSTALL THIS FURNACE IN A MOBILE HOME!! This furnace is not approved for installation in a mobile home. Doing so could cause FIRE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. A WARNING WHEN THIS FURNACE IS INSTALLED IN A RESIDENTIAL GARAGE, IT MUST BE INSTALLED SO THE BURNERS AND IGNITION SOURCE ARE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THIS IS TO PREVENT THE RISK OF IGNITING FLAMMABLE VAPORS WHICH MAY BE PRESENT IN A GARAGE. ALSO, THE FURNACE MUST BE LOCATED OR PROTECTED TO AVOID PHYSICAL DAMAGE BY VEHICLES. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION, RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. 8 1. IMPORTANT: If installing the unit over a finished ceiling or living area, be certain to install an auxiliary condensate drain pan under the entire unit. This auxiliary drain pan should extend under any evaporator coil installed with the furnace and the open portion of the condensate drain assembly. See "Condensate Drain /Neutralizer" section for more details. 2. IMPORTANT: If using a cooling evaporator coil with this furnace: a. be sure the air passes over the heat exchanger before passing over the cooling coil. The cooled air passing over the warm ambient air inside the heat exchanger tubes can cause condensation inside the tubes resulting in corrosion and eventual failure. b. install a parallel duct system to divert all the air from the furnace allowing it to pass over the cooling coil only. Use dampers or other means to prevent chilled air from passing over the heat exchanger. If these are manual dampers, they must be equipped to prevent heating or cooling operation unless the damper is in the full heat or cool position. 3. IMPORTANT: Install the furnace level. If it is not level, condensate cannot drain properly, possibly causing furnace shut down. NOTE: These furnaces are approved for installation in attics, as well as alcoves, utility rooms, closets and crawlspaces. Provisions must be made to prevent freezing of condensate. 4. A CAUTION If this fumace is installed in a garage, attic and/or any unconditioned space, install a self - regulating heat tape around the condensate trap and along the entire length of the condensate drain in the unconditioned space. See Figure 4. When the condensing horizontal gas fumace is installed in an unconditioned space where the temperature would be capable of reaching close to or below 32 °F (0 °C). a self - regulating heat tape is required on the condensate drain, along with an insulation wrap. The heat tape should meet the following requirements: a. The heat tape must be UL listed. b. The heat tape must be installed per the manufacturer's instructions for the entire length of drain pipe in the unconditioned space. FIGURE 4 HORIZONTAL FURNACE W /HEAT TAPE ON CONDENSATE TRAP DRAIN 1 PIPE 1526 c. The heat tape should be rated at 5 or 6 watts per foot at 120V. IMPORTANT: Support this unit when installed. Since this furnace is suitable for attic or crawl space installation, it may be installed on combustible wood flooring or by using support brackets. See Figure 5. 5. IMPORTANT: If installing in a utility room, be sure the door is wide enough to: a. allow the largest part of the furnace to pass; or b. allow any other appliance (such as a water heater) to pass. 6. IMPORTANT: This furnace is not approved or recommended for installation on its back, with access doors facing upwards. CLEARANCE - ACCESSIBILITY The design of forced air furnaces with input ratings as listed in the tables under Figures 6, 7, and 8 are certified by CSA- International for the clearances to combustible materials shown in inches. See name /rating plate and clearance label for specific model number and clearance information. Service clearance of at least 24 inches is recommended in front of all furnaces. NOTE: Use recommended 24" clearance if accessibility clearances are greater than fire protection clearances. A WARNING UPFLOW AND HORIZONTAL FURNACES ARE DESIGN - CERTIFIED FOR INSTALLATION ON COMBUSTIBLE FLOORS. NOTE, HOWEVER, THAT FURNACES MUST NOT BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON CARPETING, TILE OR OTHER COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL OTHER THAN WOOD FLOORING. INSTALLATION ON A COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL CAN RESULT IN FIRE, CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FIGURE 5 HORIZONTAL FURNACE INSTALLED W /SUPPORT BRACKETS GAS PIPE INTAKE VENT TRAP ELECTRICAL CONDUIT EXHAUST FAN 1522 Upflow furnaces are shipped with a bottom closure panel installed. When bottom return air is used, remove the panel by removing the two screws attaching the panel to the front base angle. See Figure 51. SITE SELECTION 1. Select a site in the building near the center of the proposed, or existing, duct system. 2. Give consideration to the vent system piping when selecting the furnace location. Be sure the venting system can get from the furnace to the termination with minimal length and elbows. 3. Locate the furnace near the existing gas piping. Or, if running a new gas line, locate the furnace to minimize the length and elbows in the gas piping. 4. Locate the furnace to maintain proper clearance to combustibles as shown in the following tables. A WARNING DO NOT LIFT THE UNIT BY THE HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES. DOING SO CAN CRACK THE HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY AND CAUSE CO2 TO BE RELEASED INTO THE ENVIRONMENT, WHICH CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. A WARNING COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL MUST NOT BE PLACED ON OR AGAINST THE FURNACE JACKET. THE AREA AROUND THE FURNACE MUST BE KEPT CLEAR AND FREE OF ALL COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS INCLUDING GASOLINE AND OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS AND LIQUIDS. PLACEMENT OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ON, AGAINST OR AROUND THE FURNACE JACKET CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. THE HOMEOWNER SHOULD BE CAUTIONED THAT THE FURNACE AREA MUST NOT BE USED AS A BROOM CLOSET OR FOR ANY OTHER STORAGE PURPOSES. 9 0 TOP BOTTOM 267/+* 2651 RETURN AIR 1 23% E 1 — RETUR►TJlai "' 2 DIA. GAS CONNECTION 7,1 DIA. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING 11A DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN ( • OPTIONAL RETURN AIR CUTOUT (EITHER SIDE) t L 1 1;12 AIRFLOW I v TA DIA. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING) 27% F.— - — 2631* UPFLOW MODELS LEFT SIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE (IN ) SHIP WGTS MODEL A B C D E F RIGHT SIDE BACK TOP FRONT VENT 04 1714 161142 1554 2 15 132542 0 0 0 1 2* 0 111 06 17 %2 _1611%2 15% 2 15 _ 132%2 _ 0 _ 0- _ 0 _ 1 _ _2 _ 0 _ 117 07 171% 161142 1554 2 15 132542 0 0 0 1 2* 0 124 07 21 192742 19346 2 181% 17% 0 0 0 1 2* 0 137 09 21 192%z 191/8 2 181/2 17942 0 0 0 1 2* 0 148 10 21 192742 191% 2 181 17942 0 0 0 1 2` 0 152 •A service clearance of at least 24 inches is recommended in front of all furnaces. A B SUPPLY AIR v ALT. COMBUSTION AIR INLET 281A* 20 295, 1431 LEFT SIDE FRONT 2861$ 2441* 2 DIA. GAS CONNECTION 2651 ,A DIA. ALT. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION -(MGR VOCTKDEwtRIMI) • —'"—T t 74 DIA. KNOCKOUT dr� ALT. LOW t VOLTAGE WIRING 151 DIA. KNOCKOUT ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN J 26% RIGHT SIDE 15 1 TOP BOTTOM SUPPLY AIR 1 197 1 AIRFLOW WAS 201,6 2 DIA. GAS CONNECTION 141 DIA. ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN • AI •• 417,1 6%4 LEFT SIDE A DOWNFLOW MODELS LEFT SIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE (IN ) SHIP WGTS MODEL A B C D E F RIGHT SIDE BACK TOP FRONT VENT 04 17.4 1611 /32 155/2 2 16% 137/3 0 0 0 1 r 0 111 06 171h 1611 /32 15% 2 165/3 131/2 0 0 0 1 2• 0 117 07 21 1927/32 197 /16 2 201/2 17%e 0 0 0 1 2* 0 137 09 21 1911 /32 193,1 2 201/3 173/2 0 0 0 1 2* 0 148 10 241/2 2311 /32 22%2 2 23% 20% 0 0 0 1 2* 0 160 •A service clearance of at least 24 inches is recommended in front of all furnaces. FRONT 3A NOTE: IN DOWNFLOW CONFIGURATION, OPTIONAL AIR CUTOUT IS NOT PERMITTED. 34 281,1 204 1D 4171 4"ri 1W• ■ • 2570/u 241,1 2 DIA. ALT. GAS CONNECTION 141 DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN RIGHT SIDE n -T1" DC) zm m V 1 0 0 0 C rn r r m y 0 0 z z "Ti 0 r C z -I N N 1914 N O LEFT SIDE DOWNFLOW MODELS LEFT SIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE (IN.) SHIP WGTS MODEL A 6 C D E F RIGHT SIDE BACK TOP FRONT VENT 04 171% 161%2 15% 2 16% 13% 0 0 0 1 2* 0 111 06 171% 161%2 15% 2 16% 13% 0 0 0 1 2' 0 117 07 21 192742 193/16 2 201% 17% 0 0 0 1 2* 0 137 09 21 1927%2 193/16 2 201% 17% 0 0 0 1 2' 0 148 10 241% 2311%2 22% 2 23% 20% 0 0 0 1 2' 0 160 *A service clearance of at least 24 inches is recommended in front of all furnaces. 41{6 4% 34 32 2 DIA. ALT. GAS CONNECTION 1% DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN 251 % BOTTOM 0 28 20%, RIGHT SIDE RETURN NIP IMPORTANT: This furnace is not approved or recommended for installation on its back, with access doors facing upwards. mn D G) C z m 0 co O 0 3 w c y 1 m r m Tn 0 N 0 Z Z 1 y c t B A �. v c c FRONT % —J I 41{6 4% 34 32 2 DIA. ALT. GAS CONNECTION 1% DIA. CONDENSATE DRAIN 251 % BOTTOM 0 28 20%, RIGHT SIDE RETURN NIP IMPORTANT: This furnace is not approved or recommended for installation on its back, with access doors facing upwards. mn D G) C z m 0 co O 0 3 w c y 1 m r m Tn 0 N 0 Z Z 1 y DUCTING Proper air flow is required for the correct operation of this furnace. Too little air flow can cause erratic operation and can damage the heat exchanger. The duct system must carry the correct amount of air for heating and cooling if summer air conditioning is used. Size the ducts according to acceptable industry standards and methods. The total static pressure drop of the air distribution system should not exceed 0.5" w.c. NOTE: Return air grilles and warm air registers must not be obstructed A WARNING NEVER ALLOW THE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION FROM THE FLUE TO ENTER THE RETURN AIR DUCTWORK OR THE CIRCULATED AIR SUPPLY. ALL RETURN DUCTWORK MUST BE ADEQUATELY SEALED AND SECURED TO THE FURNACE WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS; AND JOINTS, TAPED. ALL OTHER DUCT JOINTS MUST BE SECURED WITH APPROVED CONNECTIONS AND SEALED AIRTIGHT. WHEN AN UPFLOW FURNACE IS MOUNTED ON A PLATFORM WITH RETURN THROUGH THE BOTTOM, IT MUST BE SEALED AIRTIGHT BETWEEN THE FURNACE AND THE RETURN AIR PLENUM. THE FLOOR OR PLATFORM MUST PROVIDE SOUND PHYSICAL SUPPORT OF THE FURNACE WITHOUT SAGGING, CRACKS, OR GAPS, AROUND THE BASE, PROVIDING A SEAL BETWEEN THE SUPPORT AND THE BASE. FAILURE TO PREVENT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION FROM BEING CIRCULATED INTO THE LIVING SPACE CAN CREATE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING THAT COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. DO NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CONNECT RETURN OR SUPPLY DUCTWORK TO OR FROM ANY OTHER HEAT PRODUCING DEVICE SUCH AS A FIREPLACE INSERT, STOVE, ETC. DOING SO MAY RESULT IN FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, EXPLOSION, PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE. IMPORTANT: Some high efficiency filters have a greater than normal resistance to air flow. This can adversely affect furnace operation. BE SURE TO CHECK AIR FLOW. IMPORTANT: When using outside air, design and adjust the system to maintain a return air temperature ABOVE 50° F during the heating season. UPFLOW UNITS 1. Position the unit to minimize long runs of duct or runs of duct with many turns and elbows. 2. Open the return air compartment. A WARNING UPFLOW FURNACE: A SOLID METAL BASE PLATE MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE FURNACE BOTTOM WHEN USING SIDE RETURN. FAILURE TO INSTALL A BASE PLATE COULD CAUSE THE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION TO CIRCULATE INTO THE LIVING SPACE AND CREATE POTENTIAL- LY HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING OR DEATH. a. Cut an opening in the side. The opening should be cut the full width of the knockouts on the unit. See Figure 9. NOTE: Where the maximum air flow is 1800 CFM or more, both sides or the bottom must be used for return air. 3. Connect the return duct or return air cabinet to the unit. Make the connection air tight to prevent entraining combustion gases from an adjacent fuel- burning appliance. 4. Be sure to have adequate space for the unit filter. NOTE: DO NOT take return air from bathrooms, kitchens, furnace rooms, garages, utility or laundry rooms, or cold areas. NOTE: DO NOT use a rear air return. 5. If summer air conditioning is desired, position the indoor coil on the top of the unit. Insure that no air can bypass this coil. 6. Connect the supply air plenum to the furnace plenum opening. IMPORTANT: If a flexible duct connector must be used, it MUST be rated for a minimum temperature of 250 °F. continuous. DOWNFLOW UNITS 1. Position the unit to minimize long runs of duct or runs of duct with many turns and elbows. 2. If summer air conditioning is desired, position the indoor coil on the bottom of the unit. Insure that no air can bypass this coil. 3. If installing on a combustible floor and not using an air conditioning plenum, install the special non - combustible floor base. See Figure 10. A WARNING THE DOWNFLOW FURNACE DESIGN IS CERTIFIED FOR INSTALLATION ON A NON- COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR. USE THE SPECIAL BASE SPECIFIED ON THE FURNACE CLEARANCE LABEL. FAILURE TO INSTALL THE SPECIAL BASE MAY RESULT IN FIRE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. THIS SPECIAL BASE IS SHIPPED FROM THE FACTORY AS AN ACCESSORY. FIGURE 9 CUTOUT AND DRILL INFORMATION JACKET DRILL (2) 3/16" DIA. HOLES 8.000 ."71I r '-EUT -OUT USING I: I EMBOSSED ANGLES I I •I AS A GUIDE FOR • J• 001 PROPER SIZE- . 4.875 1.531 13 4. Connect the furnace to the supply air plenum. 5. Connect the return air ducting to the return air opening at the top of the unit. Make the connection air tight to prevent entraining combustion gases from an adjacent fuel- burning appliance. 6. Be sure to have adequate space for the unit filter. NOTE: DO NOT take return air from bathrooms, kitchens, furnace rooms, garages, utility or laundry rooms, or cold areas. HORIZONTAL UNIT IMPORTANT: This furnace may only be installed so that when facing the front of the furnace, supply air is discharged on the left hand side. 1. Position the unit to minimize long runs or runs with many turns and elbows. 2. If summer air conditioning is desired, position the indoor coil on the left end of the unit. Insure that no air can bypass this coil. 3. Connect the furnace to the supply air plenum. 4. Connect the return air ducting to the return air opening at the right end of the unit. Make the connection air tight to prevent pulling combustion gases from an adjacent fuel- burning appliance. 5. Be sure to have adequate space for the unit filter. NOTE: DO NOT take return air from bathrooms, kitchens, furnace rooms, garages, utility or laundry rooms, or cold areas. FIGURE 10 COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR BASE VENTING AND COMBUSTION AIR PIPING* GENERAL INFORMATION A WARNING READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION. FAILURE TO PROPERLY VENT THIS FURNACE CAN CAUSE CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING OR AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE, RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. This fumace removes both sensible and latent heat from the combustion flue gases. Removal of latent heat results in condensation of flue gas water vapor. This condensed water vapor drains from the secondary heat exchanger and out of the unit into a drain trap. When installed as a non - direct vent furnace, only exhaust piping is required and inside combustion air may be used. Refer to section on "COMBUSTION & VENTILATION AIR FOR FURNACE INSTALLATIONS." Direct vent installations require a dedicated combustion air and venting system. All air for combustion is taken from the outside atmosphere and all combustion products are discharged to the outdoors. A WARNING IN CANADA, PRODUCTS CERTIFIED FOR INSTALLATION 14 AND INTENDED TO BE VENTED WITH PLASTIC VENT SYSTEMS (PVC, CPVC) MUST USE VENT SYSTEMS THAT ARE CERTIFIED AND STAMPED TO THE STANDARD FOR TYPE BH GAS VENTING SYSTEMS, ULC S636. THE COMPONENTS OF THE CERTIFIED MATERIAL MUST NOT BE INTERCHANGED WITH OTHER VENT SYSTEMS OR UNLISTED PIPE/FITTINGS. PLASTIC COMPONENTS AND SPECIFIED PRIMERS AND GLUES OF THE CERTIFIED SYSTEM MUST BE FROM A SINGLE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND NOT INTERMIXED WITH OTHER SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S PARTS. NOTE: INLET AIR PIPING IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE A PART OF THE "VENTING SYSTEM ". THE REQUIREMENT THAT VENT MATERIAL BE CERTIFIED TO ULC S636 DOES NOT APPLY TO INLET AIR PIPING. The combustion air and vent pipe fittings must conform to American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) standards as shown below: U.S. PIPE & FITTING MATERIAL* ASTM SPECIFICATION Schedule 40 PVC (Pipe) D1785 Schedule 40 PVC (Cellular Core Pipe) F891 Schedule 40 PVC (Fittings) D2466 SDR -21 PVC (Pipe) D2241 SDR -26 PVC (Pipe) D2241 Schedule 40 ABS Cellular Core DWV (Pipe) F628 Schedule 40 ABS (Pipe) D1527 Schedule 40 ABS (Fittings) D2468 ABS -DWV (Drain Waste & Vent) (Pipe & Fittings) D2661 PVC -DWV (Drain Waste & Vent) (Pipe & Fittings) D2665 *Starting in 2007, Canada allows ULC -S636 PVC or CPVC only. OVERTEMPERATURE SAFETY SWITCHES Furnaces are equipped with safety switches in the control compartment to protect against overtemperature conditions caused by inadequate combustion air supply. The switches for the upflow and downflow models are located in the burner compartment. If a switch is tripped it must be manually reset. A WARNING DO NOT JUMPER THESE DEVICES! IF ONE OF THESE SWITCHES SHOULD TRIP, A QUALIFIED INSTALLER, SERVICE AGENCY OR THE GAS SUPPLIER MUST BE CALLED TO CHECK AND /OR CORRECT FOR ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY. DO NOT RESET THE SWITCHES WITHOUT TAKING CORRECTIVE ACTION TO ASSURE THAT AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF COMBUSTION AIR IS MAINTAINED UNDER ALL CONDITIONS OF OPERATION. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING OR DEATH. IF THIS UNIT IS MOUNTED IN A CLOSET, THE DOOR MUST BE CLOSED WHEN MAKING THIS CHECK. REPLACE THESE SWITCHES ONLY WITH THE IDENTICAL REPLACEMENT PART. EXISTING VENT SYSTEMS* 'In Canada see ULC -S636 requirements. When the installation of this furnace replaces an existing fumace that is removed from a vent system serving other appliances, the vent system is likely to be too large to properly vent the remaining attached appliances. The following steps should be followed with each appliance remaining connected to the original common vent system. Place the appliance to be tested in operation, while the other appliances remaining connected to the common vent system are not in operation. Test the operation of each appliance individually by the following method. 1. Permanently seal any unused openings in the common venting system. 2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper size and horizontal pitch and determine that there is no blockage, restriction, leakage, corrosion or other deficiencies which could cause an unsafe condition. 3. If practical, close all building doors, windows and all doors between the space where the appliances remaining connected to the common venting system are located. Turn on clothes dryers and any appliance not connected to the common venting system. Turn on any exhaust fans, such as range hoods and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at maximum speed. Do not operate a summer exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers. 4. Follow the lighting instructions. Place the appliance being inspected into operation. Adjust the thermostat so the appliance will operate continuously. 5. Test for spillage at the draft hood relief opening after 5 minutes of main burner operation. Use the flame of a match or candle, or smoke from a cigarette, cigar or pipe. 6. After it has been determined that each appliance that remains connected to the common venting system properly vents (when tested as outlined above), return doors, windows, exhaust fans, fireplace dampers and any other gas- burning appliance to their previous conditions of use. 7. If improper venting is observed during any of the above tests, the common venting system must be resized. See vent tables in these instructions When the furnace is installed in the same space with other gas appliances such as a water heater, be sure there is an adequate supply of combustion and ventilation air for the other appliances. Do not delete or reduce the combustion air supply required by the other gas appliances in this space. See Z223.1, National Fuel Gas Code (NFPA54) for determining the combustion air requirements for gas appliances. An unconfined space must have at least 50 cubic feet (volume) for each 1,000 BTUH of the total input of all appliances in the space. If the open space containing the appliances is in a building with tight construction (contemporary construction), outside air may still be required for the appliances to bum and vent properly. Outside air openings should be sized the same as for a confined space. JOINING PIPE AND FITTINGS A WARNING PVC SOLVENT CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION AND DO NOT ASSEMBLE NEAR HEAT SOURCE OR AN OPEN FLAME. DO NOT SMOKE. AVOID SKIN OR EYE CONTACT. OBSERVE ALL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS PRINTED ON MATERIAL CONTAINERS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE GUIDELINES MAY RESULT IN FIRE, EXPLOSION OR ASPHYXIATION CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. All pipe, fittings, solvent cement, primers and procedures must conform to American National Standard Institute and American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI /ASTM) standards in the U.S. Pipe and Fittings - ASTM- D1785, D2466, D2665, D2231, D2661 and F628. PVC Primer and Solvent Cement - ASTM-D2564 ABS Pipe and Fittings - Use ABS Primer and Solvent Cement D2235 Procedure for Cementing Joints - ASTM-D2855 IMPORTANT: The plastic combustion air and venting components are of PVC. If using ABS piping, ensure that the solvent cement is compatible for joining PVC to ABS components or use a mechanical connection that can withstand the vent temperatures and are corrosion resistant. CEMENTING JOINTS Properly seal all joints in the PVC vent using the following materials and procedures. PVC CLEANER- PRIMER AND PVC MEDIUM -BODY SOLVENT CEMENT IMPORTANT: After cutting pipe, remove all ragged edges and burrs. This is important to prevent reduction in pressure drop throughout the system. 1. Cut pipe end square. Chamfer edge of pipe. Clean fitting socket and pipe joint area of all dirt, grease and moisture. 2. After checking pipe and socket for proper fit, wipe socket and pipe with cleaner - primer. Apply a liberal coat of primer to inside surface of socket and outside of pipe. Read instructions included with the primer for proper application. 3. Apply a thin coat of cement evenly in the socket. Quickly apply a heavy coat of cement to the pipe end and insert pipe into fitting with a slight twisting movement until it bottoms out. NOTE: Cement must be fluid; if not, recoat. 4. Hold the pipe in the fitting for 30 seconds to prevent the tapered socket from pushing the pipe out of the fitting. 5. Wipe all excess cement from the joint with a rag. Allow 15 minutes before handling. Cure time vanes according to fit, temperature and humidity. NOTE: Stir the solvent cement frequently while using. Use a natural bristle brush or the dauber supplied with the can. The proper brush size is one inch. IMPORTANT: For Proper Installation DO NOT use solvent cement that has become curdled, lumpy or thickened. DO NOT thin. Observe shelf precautions printed on containers. For application below 32 °F, use only low- temperature -type solvent cement. 15 COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR NON- DIRECT FURNACE INSTALLATIONS A WARNING THE FURNACE AND ANY OTHER FUEL - BURNING APPLIANCE MUST BE PROVIDED WITH ENOUGH FRESH AIR FOR PROPER COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION OF THE FLUE GASES. MOST HOMES WILL REQUIRE THAT OUTSIDE AIR BE SUPPLIED INTO THE FURNACE AREA. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH FROM CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING. Adequate facilities for providing air for combustion and ventilation must be provided in accordance with section 5.3, "Air for Combustion and Ventilation" of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (latest edition) or applicable provisions for the local building codes, and not obstructed so as to prevent the flow of air to the furnace. IMPORTANT: Air for combustion and ventilation must not come from a corrosive atmosphere. Any failure due to corrosive elements in the atmosphere is excluded from warranty coverage. The following types of installation (but not limited to the following) will require OUTDOOR AIR for combustion, due to chemical exposures: • Commercial buildings • Buildings with indoor pools • Furnaces installed in laundry rooms • Furnaces in hobby or craft rooms • Furnaces installed near chemical storage areas. Exposure to the following substances in the combustion air supply (but not limited to the following) will also require OUTDOOR AIR for combustion: • Permanent wave solutions • Chlorinated waxes and cleaners • Chlorine -based swimming pool chemicals • Water softening chemicals • De -icing salts or chemicals • Carbon tetrachloride • Halogen type refrigerants 16 • Cleaning solvents (such as perchloroethylene) • Printing inks, paint removers, varnishes, etc. • Hydrochloric acid • Cements and glues • Antistatic fabric softeners for clothes dryers • Masonry curing and acid washing materials Combustion air must be free of acid - forming chemicals such as sulphur, fluorine and chlorine. These elements are found in aerosol sprays, detergents, bleaches, cleaning solvents, air fresheners, paint and varnish removers, refrigerants and many other commercial and household products. When burned in a gas flame, vapors from these products form acid compounds. The acid compounds increase the dew point temperature of the flue products and are highly corrosive after they condense. A WARNING ALL FURNACE INSTALLATIONS MUST COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE AND LOCAL CODES TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR FOR THE FURNACE. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN EXPLOSION, FIRE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. Combustion air requirements are determined by whether the furnace is in an open (unconfined) area or in a confined space such as a closet or small room. EXAMPLE 1: FURNACE LOCATED IN AN UNCONFINED SPACE Using indoor air for combustion. An unconfined space must have at least 50 cubic feet for each 1,000 BTUH of the total input for all appliances in the space. Here are a few examples of the room sizes required for different inputs. The sizes are based on 8 -foot ceilings. BTUH Minimum Sq. Feet Typical Room Size Input With 8' Ceiling With 8' Ceiling 45,000 281 14' x 20' OR 16' x 18' 60,000 375 15' x 25' OR 19' x 20' 75,000 469 15' x 31' OR 20' x 24' 90,000 563 20' x 28' OR 24' x 24' 105,000 657 20' x 33' OR 26' x 25' If the open space containing the fumace is in a building with tight construction, outside air may still be required for the furnace to operate and vent properly. Outside air openings should be sized the same as for a confined space. EXAMPLE 2: FURNACE LOCATED IN A CONFINED SPACE A confined space (any space smaller than shown above as "unconfined ") must have openings into the space which are located in accordance with the requirements set forth in the following subsections A and B. Size the openings by how they are connected to the heated area or to the outside, and by the input of all appliances in the space. If confined space is within a building with tight construction, combustion air must be taken from outdoors or area freely communicating with the outdoors. A. USING INDOOR AIR FOR COMBUSTION IMPORTANT: Air should not be taken from a heated space with a fireplace, exhaust fan or other device that may produce a negative pressure. If combustion air is taken from the heated area, the openings must each have at least 100 square inches of free area. Each opening must have at least one square inch of free area for each 1,000 BTUH of total input in the space. Here are some examples of typical openings required. BTUH Input 45,000 Free Area Each Opening 100 square inches 60,000 100 square inches 75,000 100 square inches 90,000 100 square inches 105,000 105 square inches B. USING OUTDOOR AIR FOR COMBUSTION IMPORTANT: Do not take air from an attic space that is equipped with power ventilation. The confined space must communicate with the outdoors in accordance with Methods 1 or 2. The minimum dimension of air openings shall not be less than 3 inches. Where ducts are used, they shall be of the same cross - sectional area as the free area of the openings to which they connect. Method 1 Two permanent openings, one located within 12 inches of the top and one located within 12 inches of the bottom of the enclosure, shall be provided. The openings shall communicate directly, or by ducts, with the outdoors or spaces (crawl or attic) that freely communicate with the outdoors. a. Where directly communicating with the outdoors or where communicating to the outdoors FIGURE 11 AIR FROM HEATED r / ti I n FURNAC 2 MAX. L NOTE: EACH OPENING SHALL HAVE A FREE AREA OF NOT LESS THAN ONE SQUARE INCH PER 1,000 BTU PER HOUR OF THE AL INPUT RATING OF ALL EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT IN THE ENCLOSURE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 100 SQUARE INCHES. G HEATER GAS WATER ❑ 's e : t g = ° = =i aria: 12• MAX. through vertical ducts as shown in Figure 12, each opening shall have a minimum free area of 1 square inch for each 4,000 BTUH of total appliance input rating in the enclosure. BTUH Input 45,000 Free Area Each Opening 11.25 square inches Round Pipe Size 4' 60,000 15.00 square inches 5' 75,000 18.75 square inches 5' 90,000 22.50 square inches 6' 105,000 26.25 square inches 6' FIGURE 12 AIR FROM ATTIC /CRAWL SPACE OUTLET AIR IN ATTIC MUST BE ABOVE INSULATION 1 SQ. INCH PER 4000 BTUH OUTLET AIR GAS WATER HEATER 0 GABLE VENT VENTILATED ATTIC GABLE OR SOFFIT VENTS FURNACE if III: 11111i OPTIONAL 1 SQ. INCH PER 4000 BTUH INLET AIR 1 12" MAX. k 1 SQ. INCH PER 4000 BTLIH INLET AIR b. Where communicating with outdoors through horizontal ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area of 1 square inch for each 2,000 BTUH of total input rating of all equipment in the enclosure (Seee Figure 13). Here are some typical sizes: BTUH Input 45,000 Free Area Each Opening 22.50 square inches Round Pipe Size 6' 60,000 30.00 square inches 6' 75,000 37.50 square inches 7' 90,000 45.00 square inches 8' 105,000 52.50 square inches 8' FIGURE 13 OUTSIDE AIR USING A HORIZONTAL DUCT 17 Method 2 (Not Shown) One permanent opening, located within 12 inches of the top of the enclosure, shall be permitted where the equipment has clearances of at least 1 inch from the sides and back and 6 inches from the front of the appliance. The opening shall directly communicate with the outdoors or communicate through a vertical or horizontal duct to the outdoors or spaces (crawl 'or attic) that freely communicate with the outdoors, and shall have a minimum free area of: a. 1 square inch for each 3,000 BTUH of the total input rating of all equipment located in the enclosure and BTUH Input 45,000 Free Area Round Pipe Each Opening Size 15.00 square inches 4' 60,000 75,000 90,000 105,000 16.67 square inches 5' 25.00 square inches 6' 30.00 square inches 6' 35.00 square inches 7' b. Not Tess than the sum of the areas of all vent connectors in the confined space. If unit is installed where there is an exhaust fan, sufficient ventilation must be provided to prevent the exhaust fan from creating a negative pressure. Combustion air openings must not be restricted in any manner. CONSULT LOCAL CODES FOR SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS. CONNECTION TO FURNACE IMPORTANT: When indoor combustion air is used, the inlet air opening at the furnace must be protected from accidental blockage. On upflow models, install a 90° elbow pointing downward in the side inlet air opening or a double elbow pointing downward in the top inlet air opening. On downflow /horizontal models, install a double elbow in the top inlet air opening. See Figure 14. FIGURE 14 COMBUSTION AIR FITTING UPFLOW ATTACH DOUBLE ELBOW TO TOP INLET AIR OPENING OR 90° ELBOW TO SIDE INLET AIR OPENING TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL BLOCKAGE OF INTAKE OPENING. PLUG OPENING NOT USED. 2 " PVC DOUBLE ELBOW 2" PVC ELBOW 1337 2" PVC DOUBLE ELBOW DOWNFLOW /HORIZONTAL ATTACH DOUBLE ELBOW TO INTAKE AIR COLLAR AND SECURE WITH TWO SHEET METAL SCREWS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL BLOCKAGE OF INTAKE AIR OPENING. EXHAUST COMBUSTION AIR — 'NOTE: WHEN FURNACE IS INSTALLED IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION ONLY ONE 90° ELBOW IS REQUIRED. INSTALL THE ELBOW SO THE OPEN END IS POINTED DOWNWARD. 1336 18 VENT PIPE INSTALLATION NON- DIRECT VENT INSTALLATION GUIDELINES IMPORTANT: Failure to correctly follow all venting guidelines may result in erratic furnace operation, freeze -up of combustion air or exhaust air piping or sooting of the furnace. All exhaust piping must be installed in compliance with Part 7, "Venting of Equipment," of the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code NPFA54/ ANSI Z223.1 -, local codes or ordinances and these instructions. 1. Vertical piping is preferred. 2. All horizontal piping must slope upward a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot of run so that condensate drains toward the furnace. 3. All horizontal runs must be supported at least every 4 feet. No sags or dips are permitted. 4. IMPORTANT: Do not common vent with any other appliance. Do not install in the same chase or chimney with a metal or high temperature plastic pipe from another gas or fuel- burning appliance unless the required minimum clearances to combustibles are maintained between the PVC pipe and other pipes. 5. All vent runs through unconditioned spaces where below- freezing temperatures are expected should be insulated with 1 -in. thick, medium - density, foil -faced fiberglass. An equivalent "arm -a -flex" or FIGURE 15 TEE TERMINAL — FOR STANDARD HORIZONTAL SINGLE PIPE INSTALLATION fir• 2` M N. OR GRADE Ofl SNOW LEVEL TABLE 1 FOR NON - DIRECT VENT APPLICATIONS - AIR FOR COMBUSTION PROVIDED FROM INDOORS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH IN FEET OF EACH EXHAUST PIPE AND INTAKE PIPE FURNACE INPUT PIPE SIZE TERMINATION NUMBERS OF ELBOWS 45 °OR90° Medium /Long Radius ONLY 1 -2 3 -4 45,000 2" Standard 60 50 Alternate 60,000 2" Standard Alternate 40," ,'30 3" Standard , 60 50 Alternate 50 .; 40 75,000 3" GRC Only Standard 50 40 Alternate 40 30 3" GTC Only Standard 50 40 Alternate N/A N/A 90,000 3" GRC Only Standard 50 50 Alternate 50 40 3" GTC Only Standard 50 40 Alternate N/A N/A 105,000 3^ GRC Only Standard 60 50 Alternate 50 40 3" GTC Only Standard 50 40 Alternate N/A N/A NOTES: 1 'N. A. - NOT APPLICABLE. 2. MAXIMUM OF 6 - 90 DEGREE ELBOWS MAY BE USED. DO NOT COUNT ELBOWS REQUIRED FOR ALTERNATE TERMINATION. USE ONLY MEDIUM OR LONG SWEEP ELBOWS. 3 A 45° DEGREE ELBOW IS CONSIDERED ONE ELBOW. ELEVATED SINGLE PIPE ALTERNATE TEE TERMINATION See Figure 16. The tee termination may be elevated up to 24 inches above the wall penetration if required for anticipated snow levels. Use 2 medium - radius, 2 -in. PVC elbows and 2 -in. PVC pipe, attaching the tee so it is 12 inches from the wall. FIGURE 16 ALTERNATE HORIZONTAL TERMINATION FOR NON - DIRECT VENT INSTALLATIONS NOT APPLICABLE TO GTC -07 MODELS GTC -09 MODELS GTC -10 MODELS OUTSIDE WALL ' fi 24" MAX. PIPE SUPPORT STRAP 1199 19 "rub- a -tex" insulation may also be used as long as there is no heat tape applied to the vent pipe. For horizontal runs where water may collect, wrap the vent pipe with self - regulating 3 or 5 watt heat tape. The heat tape must be U.L. listed and installed per the manufacturers instructions. 6. The minimum vent pipe length is 5 feet. STANDARD INSTALLATIONS The single -pipe system requires an exhaust pipe only. Combustion air may be taken from the fumace installation area or ducted to the furnace area from the outside. Size the exhaust pipe as specified in Table 1. This table lists the maximum allowable length in feet of the exhaust pipe that may be used for all furnace inputs as related to the number of elbows required and the termination. (See shaded area.) Vertical through- the -roof installations do not require a vent termination. Use 2 -in. PVC pipe extending a minimum of 12 inches above the'anticipated level of snow accumulation. See exhaust pipe requirements, Figure 19. When 3 -in. vent pipe is used from furnace to the roof, reduce it to 2 inches before penetrating the roof. A maximum of 18 inches of 2 -in. pipe may be used below the roof. Maximum exposed vent length above the roof line is 30". Horizontal vent terminations require a 2 -in. PVC tee positioned 12 inches from the outside wall. See exhaust pipe requirements, Figure 22. When 3 -in. pipe is used from the furnace to the outside wall, reduce it to 2 inches before penetrating the wall. A maximum of 18 inches of 2 -in. pipe may be used inside the wall. An alternate termination may be used as shown in Figure 16 to clear anticipated snow levels. The tee may be raised up to 24 inches above the wall penetration. ,Use two medium - radius bend, 2-in. PVC elbows and a length of 2 -in. PVC pipe so that the elbows are on 24 -in. centers. NON - DIRECT VENT TERMINATION LOCATION REQUIREMENTS A CAUTION MOISTURE IN THE COMBUSTION PRODUCTS CONDENSES AS IT LEAVES THE TERMINATION. THIS CONDENSATE CAN FREEZE ON EXTERIOR WALLS, UNDER THE EAVES, AND ON SURROUNDING OBJECTS. SOME DISCOLORATION IS TO BE EXPECTED. HOWEVER, IMPROPER LOCATION OR 20 INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE STRUCTURAL OR EXTERIOR FINISH DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING. Non - direct venting location requirements are slightly different in some cases than direct venting. Install a non - direct vent with the following minimum clearances. See Figure 17. 1. Locate the bottom of the vent terminal at least 12 inches above grade. Increase the 12 -in. minimum to keep the terminal openings above the level of snow accumulation, where applicable. 2. The vent shall not terminate over public walkways or over an area where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance or hazard. 3. 4 feet below, 4 feet horizontally from, or 1 foot above any door, window soffit, under eave vent or gravity air inlet to the building. 4. The vent terminal shall have a minimum horizontal clearance of 4 feet from electric meters, gas meters, regulators and relief equipment. 5. 6 feet from an inside corner formed by two exterior walls — 10 feet is the recommended distance. 6. Locate it 3 feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet. Any fresh air or make -up air inlet, such as for a dryer or furnace area, is considered a forced air inlet. 7. Avoid areas where dripping condensate may cause problems, such as above planters, patios, or adjacent to windows where steam may cause fogging. In addition to the minimum clearances listed above, the vent location should also be governed by the following guidelines. 1. Do not terminate under any kind of patio or deck. If running the vent under a deck, insulate it to insure no condensate freezes and blocks the pipe. 2. Do not locate on the side of a building with prevailing winter winds. This will help prevent moisture from freezing on walls and overhangs (under eaves). 3. Do not extend vent directly through brick or masonry surfaces. Use a rust - resistant sheet metal or plastic backing plate behind vent. 4. Do not locate too dose to shrubs as condensate may stunt or kill them. 5. Minimum vertical clearances of 1 foot are recommended for overhangs up to 1 foot horizontal. The vertical clearance should be increased equally for each additional increase in horizontal overhang to a maximum vertical clearance of 6 feet. 6. Caulk all cracks, seams and joints within 6 feet horizontally and above and below vent. Canadian Installations' A= Clearance above grade, veranda, 12 inches (30 cm) porch, deck, or balcony ® AIR SUPPLY INLET US Installations' 12 inches (30 cm) B= Clearance to window or door that may be opened 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances 510,000 BTUH (3 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 5100,00 BTUH (30 kW), 36 inches (91 cm) for appliances >100,00 BTUH (30 kW) 4 feet (1.2 m) below or to side of opening; 1 foot (300 mm) above opening C= Clearance to permanently closed window D= Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located above the terminal within a horizontal distance of 2 feet (61 cm) from the center line of the terminal E= Clearance to unventilated soffit • F. Clearance to outside comer G= Clearance to inside corner H. Clearance to each side of center line extended above meter /regulator assembly 3 feet (91 cm) within a height 15 feet above the meter /regulator assembly 1= Clearance to service regulator 3 feet (1.83 m) vent outlet AREA WHERE TERMINAL IS NOT PERMITTED = Clearance to nonmechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance Canadian Installations' 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances 510,000 BTUH (3 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 5100,00 BTUH (30 kW), 36 inches (91 cm) for appliances >100,00 BTUH (30 kW) US Installations' 4 feet (1.2 m) below or to side of opening; 1 foot (300 mm) above opening K= Clearance to a mechanical air supply inlet 6 feet (1.83 m) 3 feet (91 cm) above if within 10 feet (3 m) horizontally L= Clearance above paved sidewalk 7 feet (2.13 m) t or paved driveway located on public property 7 feet (2.13 m) M. Clearance under veranda, porch 12 inches (30 cm) t deck, or balcony In accordance with the current CSA 8149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code ' In accordance with the current ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code t A vent shall not termi nate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway that is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings. t Permitted on' if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor. For clearances not specified in ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 or CAN /CGA -B149, one of the following shall be indicated: a) A reference to the following footnote: "Clearance in accordance with local installation codes, the requirements of the gas supplier and the manufactureres installation instuctions." o -n _C) m 73 xi =m D- Z V 0 0 0 Z -I -I m Z r 0 r- 0 m 0) DIRECT VENT INSTALLATIONS A WARNING READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SECTION. FAILURE TO PROPERLY VENT THIS FURNACE CAN CAUSE CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING OR AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE, RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. Direct vent installations require a dedicated combustion air and venting system. All air for combustion is taken from the outside atmosphere and all combustion products are discharged to the outdoors. Therefore, no ventilation or combustion air openings are required. IMPORTANT: The plastic combustion air and venting components are of Schedule 40 PVC. If using ABS piping ensure that the solvent cement is compatible for joining PVC to ABS components or use a mechanical connection that can withstand the vent temperatures and are corrosion resistant. INSTALLATION GUIDELINES All exhaust piping must be installed in compliance with Part 7, "Venting of Equipment," of the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code NPFA54/ ANSI Z223.1 -, local codes or ordinances and these instructions. 1. Vertical piping is preferred. 2. All horizontal 'piping must slope upward a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot of run so that condensate drains toward the furnace. 3. All horizontal runs must be supported at least every 4 feet. No sags or dips are permitted. 4. IMPORTANT: Do not common vent with any other appliance. Do not install in the same chase or chimney with a metal or high temperature plastic pipe from another gas or fuel- burning appliance unless the required minimum clearances to combustibles are maintained between the ,PVC pipe and other pipes. 22 TABLE 2 FOR DIRECT VENT APPLICATIONS - AIR FOR COMBUSTION PROVIDED FROM OUTDOORS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH IN FEET OF EACH EXHAUST PIPE AND INTAKE AIR PIPE FURNACE INPUT PIPE SIZE TERMINATION VENT TERMINATION KIT RECOMMENDED (RXGY -D0` Kits for Horizontal Venting Only) NUMBER OF ELBOWS 45 or 90 Degrees Medium / Long Radius ONLY 1- 2 3 - 4 45,000 2" Standard/Concentric RXGY- D02/RXGY- D02AIRXGY- E03A/RXGY -002 60 50 Alternate RXGY- D02/RXGY -DO2A 50 40 60,000 2" Standard/Concentric RXGY- D02/RXGY- D02A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -502 50 40 Alternate RXGY- D02/RXGY -DO2A 40 30 3" Standard/Concentric RXGY - 003 /RXGY- DO3A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate RXGY- D03/RXGY -DO3A 50 40 75,000 3" (-)GRC Standard/Concentric RXGY -D03 /RXGY- DO3A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -602 50 40 Alternate RXGY- D03/RXGY -DO3A 40 30 3" ( -)GTC Standard/Concentric RXGY- D03 /RXGY-DO3A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate Not Applicable N/A N/A 90,000 3" ( -)GRC Only Standard RXGY -D03 /RXGY- DO3A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate RXGY- D03/RXGY -DO3A 50 40 3" (-)GTCOny Standard RXGY -D03 /RXGY- DO3AIRXGY- E03AIRXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate Not Applicable N/A N/A 105,000 3° ( -)GRC Ony Standard RXGY- D03 /RXGY- DO3A/RXGY- E03A/RXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate RXGY- D03IRXGY -DO3A 50 40 3" (- )GTCOny Standard RXGY- D03/RXGY- DO3A/RXGY-E03A/RXGY -G02 50 40 Alternate Not Applicable WA N/A NOTES: 1. NA - NOT APPLICABLE. 2. MAXIMUM OF 6 ELBOWS MAY BE USED. DO NOT COUNT ELBOWS IN ALTERNATE TERMINATION KR. MEDIUM OR LONG SWEEP ELBOWS MAY BE USED. 3. A45 DEGREE ELBOW IS CONSIDERED ONE ELBOW. 4. CONCENTRIC TERMINATION NO. RXGY- E03/RXGY -E03A IS FOR THRU -THE -ROOF OR THRU -THE -WALL VENTING. 5. USE KITS RXGY- D02/D02A (2"). RXGY -002 (2"), OR RXGY- D03/D03A (3') FOR STANDARD OR ALTERNATE THRU- THE -WALL VENTING. 6. USE KITS RXGY- 004/004A FOR ALTERNATE VENTING OF 120,000 BTUH UNITS MTH LONG RUNS. 7. KIT NUMBERS CONTNNING SUFFIX °A° ARE APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION IN CANADA 8. NO SCREENS MAY BE USED TO COVER COMBUSTION NR AND EXHAUST. 5. For horizontal runs where water may collect, wrap the vent pipe with self - regulating 3 or 5 watt heat tape. The heat tape must be U.L. listed and installed per the manufacturer's instructions. 6. The minimum vent pipe length is 5 feet. Size the exhaust and combustion air intake pipes as specified in Table 2. This table lists the maximum allow- able length in feet of the exhaust and combustion air intake pipes that may be used for all furnace inputs as related to the number of elbows required and the termination (see shaded area). 7. The maximum exposed vent length (above the roof line) is 30 ". COMBUSTION AIR FOR DIRECT VENT INSTALLATIONS THE COMBUSTION AIR SYSTEM DESIGNED FOR THIS FURNACE MUST BE USED. When this furnace is installed as a direct vent forced air furnace, all combustion air is supplied directly to the burner through a special air inlet system outlined in these instructions. This system consists of field- supplied Schedule 40 or 26 SDR -PVC pipe and one of the following horizontal vent termination kits: RXGY -D02 or DO2A, RXGY -D03 or DO3A, or RXGY -E03A. NOTE: Schedule 40 ABS -DWV pipe and fittings may be used as an alternate to PVC pipe for the combustion air inlet and vent pipes. The combustion air for this furnace is supplied directly from the outdoors through the combustion air inlet system. When the furnace is installed in the same space with other gas appliances, such as a water heater, be sure there is an adequate supply of combustion and ventilation air for the other appliances. Do not delete or reduce the combustion air supply required by the other gas appliances in this space. See Z223.1, National Fuel Gas Code (NFPA54) for deter- mining the combustion air requirements for gas appliances. An unconfined space must have at least 50 cubic feet (volume) for each 1,000 BTUH of the total input of all appliances in the space. If the open space containing the appliances is in a building with tight construction (contemporary construction), outside air may still be required for the appliances to burn and vent properly. Outside air openings should be sized the same as for a confined space. STANDARD TERMINATIONS STANDARD VERTICAL TERMINATIONS COMBUSTION AIR PIPING Use two medium - radius sweep elbows to keep the inlet downward to prevent entry of rain. See Figure 20 for the proper relationship of combustion air to exhaust termination. STANDARD HORIZONTAL TERMINATIONS COMBUSTION AIR PIPING When 3 -in. pipe is used between the furnace and outside wall, reduce it to 2 inches before penetrating the wall. Up to 18 inches of 2 -in. pipe may be used inside the wall. The standard horizontal intake air termination for all models is a 2 -in. PVC coupling with a wind deflector vane (provided) attached. Cut a 21/4 -in. length of 2 -in. PVC pipe. Connect this pipe and another 2 -in. PVC coupling to the coupling at the wall. The outer coupling must terminate 4 inches from the wall. See Figure 21, Detail B, for vane location. Attach vane in vertical position with PVC solvent. IMPORTANT: To ensure proper furnace operation, the supplied vane must be installed in the vertical position as shown in Figure 21, Detail B. The combustion air inlet terminal must be located with respect to the exhaust terminal as shown in Figure 21, Detail C. IMPORTANT: All furnaces with horizontal air intakes, except those using concentric vent kit RXGY -E03A, must have a drain tee assembly and trap installed as close to the furnace as possible. This is to drain any water that may be in the combustion air pipe to prevent it from entering the furnace combustion chamber. These parts are included in kits RXGY -D02 or DO2A (for 2 -in. pipe), RXGY -D03 or DO3A (for 3 -in. pipe). Attach the trap to the bottom of the tee with PVC solvent. Connect the other end to a suitable drain, as to the downstream of a condensate trap on the furnace. STANDARD VERTICAL TERMINATIONS EXHAUST VENT PIPING Vertical through- the -roof vent applications do not require an exhaust terminal. The exhaust vent must terminate at least 12 inches above the combustion intake air termination. The exhaust vent for models with inputs of 60,000 through 105,000 BTUH is 2 -in. PVC pipe. Refer to Table 2 for proper application. See Figure 24. STANDARD HORIZONTAL TERMINATIONS EXHAUST PIPING For direct vent systems the standard termination is 2 -in. PVC pipe extending 12 inches from the wall for furnaces with inputs from 60,000 to 105,000 BTUH. Install a 2 -in. coupling at the outside wall to prevent the termination from being pushed inward. When 3 -in. pipe is used between the fumace and outside wall, reduce to 2 inches before penetrating the wall. The standard termination is 2 -in. PVC pipe extending outward 12 inches from the wall for models with inputs of 45,000 to 105,000 BTUH. See Figure 21, Detail B. The combustion air and exhaust terminations must be at least 12 inches above grade and must be oriented with respect to each other as shown in Figure 21. Refer to section on alternate venting options when higher snow levels are anticipated. ALTERNATE TERMINATIONS ALTERNATE HORIZONTAL DIRECT VENT TERMINATIONS KIT NOS. RXGY -D02, -DO2A, -D03, DO3A The combustion air and exhaust terminations may be raised a maximum of 60/24 inches above the wall penetration to maintain the required 12 inch clearance above grade or snow level respectively. See Figure 18. Size the pipe length according to Table 2. IMPORTANT: The following guidelines must be met when extending beyond 24 inches of pipe on the exterior of the structure: • Size the entire vent system according to the alternate, not standard, termination shown in Table 2. 23 • 'Insulate the entire length of vent pipe, between the elbow where the pipe exits the wall and the elbow where the termination is made, with a closed -cell insulation, such as "Arm -a -Flex" or "Rub -a -Tex" with a minimum of 1/2" thickness. • All elbows installed on the exterior of the building must be of the long sweep nature. • As required for the horizontal piping ran within the structure, any pipe ran horizontal outside the structure must slope upward a minimum of 1/4" per foot run so that condensate drains toward the furnace. From the top elbow in the exhaust pipe, extend a length of PVC pipe outward so that it terminates exactly 12 inches from the wall. See Figure 18. The 45,000 BTUH unit only uses kit RXGY -D02 or DO2A. The 60,000 BTUH and 75,000 BTUH units may use kits RXGY -D02 or DO2A or RXGY -D03 or DO3A depending on pipe lengths and inumber of elbows. See Table 2. The following are parts lists for the RXGY -D02 or DO2A, RXGY -D03 or DO3A alternate horizontal direct vent termination kits: RXGY- D02/D02A 1. 2 -in. tee with reducer assembly 2. 1k -in. PVC 6 -in. dia. trap 3. PVC vane 4. 2 -in. PVC elbow 5. 11/2-in. PVC nipple with coupling 6. PVC strap 7. vent template 24 FIGURE 18 ALTERNATE HORIZONTAL DIRECT VENT TERMINATION NOT APPLICABLE TO GTC -07 MODELS GTC -09 MODELS GTC -10 MODELS / / EXHAUST VENT 2" PVC FOR MODELS WITH INPUTS OF 45,000 AND 105,000 BTU. ELBOWS AND RISERS ARE 2" PVC. SEE DETAIL A 3' MAX. NOTE: 3-1/2" MAX. WHEN DO4 KIT IS USED. 60" 24 MAX. MAX 2" PVC ELBOWS AND RISER MODELS WITH INPUTS OF 45,000 THRU 105,000 BTU. USE KIT NO. RXGY -D02 WHEN 2" PIPE IS USED BETWEEN FURNACE AND / OUTSIDE WALL USE KIT NO. RXGY -003 WHEN 3" PIPE IS USED. 3" -�. I INTAKE PIPE '4 SUPPORT 9(( STRAP 11 !, OPTIONAL INTAKE DETAIL B EXHAUST / INTAKE RELATIONSHIP 1339 RXGY- D03 /D03A 1. 3 -in. tee with reducer assembly 2. 1fi -in. PVC 6 -in. dia. trap 3. PVC vane 4. 2 -in. PVC elbow 5. PVC strap 6. vent template RXGY -DO2A 1. 2" Tee assembly w /1/2" drain connection 2. 1/2" PVC -5" diameter trap 3. Wind deflector vane 4. Vent template RXGY -DO3A 1. 3" Tee assembly w /1/2" drain connection 2. 1/2" PVC -5" diameter trap 3. Wind deflector vane 4. Vent Template CONCENTRIC TERMINATIONS VERTICAUHORIZONTAL CONCENTRIC VENT KIT NO. RXGY -E03A This kit is for vertical /horizontal intake air /vent runs and may be installed through roofs and sidewalls. One 5" diameter hole is required for the installation. See Figure 19 for the general layout. Complete installation instructions are included with the kit. NOTE: The following IPEX brand concentric terminations (System 636) may be purchased in the field and used in place of factory supplied kits: 3" Concentric Kit — Item # 196006 FIGURE 19 CONCENTRIC VENT KIT NO. RXGY -E03A SIDEWALL ASSEMBLY VENT FROM FURNACE 4 — INTAKE AIR TO FURNACE FIELD- SUPPLIED STRAP COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE ROOF INSTALLATION VENT MAINTAIN 12 IN. MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE HIGHEST ANTICIPATED SNOW LEVEL. MAXIMUM OF 24 IN. ABOVE ROOF. COMBUSTION AIR ROOF BOOT/ FLASHING EXHAUST (FIELD SUPPLIED) 1" MAXIMUM ITEM No. DESCRIPTION A 2.5" PVC PIPE SCHEDULE 40 — 37.125" LONG B 4" PVC PIPE SCHEDULE 40 -- 24" LONG C 3" x 3" x 4" SPECIAL CONCENTRIC FITTING D 3" x 45° STREET ELBOW (FIELD SUPPLIED) E PVC RAINCAP SUPPORT (FIELD SUPPLIED) ELBOW O (FIELD SUPPLIED) COMBUSTION NOTE: Support must be field installed AIR to secure termination kit to structure. 25 FIGURE 20 STANDARD VERTICAL DIRECT VENTING UPFLOW MODEL SHOWN (TYPICAL FOR DOWNFLOW MODELS) EXHAUST PIPE COMBUSTION AIR PIPE NOTES: 1 2 3 4 5 6 THE COMBUSTION AIR PIPE MUST TERMINATE IN THE SAME PRESSURE ZONE AS THE EXHAUST PIPE. INCREASE THE 12-IN. MINIMUM TO KEEP TERMINAL OPENING ABOVE ANTICIPATED LEVEL OF SNOW ACCUMULATION WHERE APPLICABLE. WHEN 3-IN. DIAM. PIPE IS USED, REDUCE TO 2-IN. DIAMETER BEFORE PENETRATING ROOF. A MAXIMUM OF 18 IN. OF 2-IN. PIPE'MAY BE USED BEFORE PASSING THROUGH ROOF. SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPE EVERY 6 FEET. EXHAUST TERMINATION - TERMINATE THE LAST 12 INCHES WITH 2" PVC PIPE ON 45,000 AND 105,000 BTUH MODELS. 30" MAXIMUM EXPOSED VENT LENGTH. 3" MAX. SEPARATION y J 30" MAX ROOF UNE COMBUSTION AIR PIPE 1 12" MIN. SEPARATION 12' MIN. ABOVE ROOF LEVEL 3" MAX. COMBUSTION AIR PIPE 1 12" MIN. EXHAUST VENT EXHAUST VENT 3" MAX. COMBUSTION 1 AIR PIPE MIN. 12" MIN. 12" MIN. ROOF LINE ANTICIPATED SNOW LEVEL EXHAUST VENT co.* 0- P0. V 5N0t V� NON . :3 P PITCHED ROOF INSTALLATIONS 1407 FIGURE 21 STANDARD HORIZONTAL DIRECT VENTING UPFLOW MODEL SHOWN (TYPICAL FOR DOWNFLOW MODELS) SUPPLY AIR EXHAUST PIPE COMBUSTION AIR PIPE NOTES: 1 SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPE EVERY FOUR FEET. WHEN 3IN. PIPE IS USED REDUCE TO 2 IN. BEFORE PENETRATING OUTSIDE WALL 18 IN. MAXIMUM. 2 IN. DIAMETER PIPE MAY BE USED INSIDE THE WALL DETAIL "A " - EXHAUST TERMINATION TERMINATE THE LAST 12 INCHES WITH 2° PVC PIPE ON 45,000 AND 105,000 BTUH MODELS. INCREASE THE 12 IN. MINIMUM ABOVE GRADE TO KEEP TERMINAL OPENINGS ABOVE ANTICIPATED LEVEL OF SNOW ACCUMULATION WHERE APPLICABLE. DETAIL "B ", INSTALL WIND DEFLECTOR VANE IN 2 IN. PVC COUPLING IN VERTICLE POSITION USING PVC SOLVENT. THE COMBUSTION AIR TERMINATION MUST BE IN THE SAME PRESSURE ZONE AS THE EXHAUST TERMINATION. 2 3 4 5 6 0 TRAP CONNECT TO DRAIN RETURN AIR 12" 4' SEE DETAIL A 2" PVC COUPLING COMBUSTION AIR TERMINATION DETAIL B 4" t $ 12' MIN. ABOVE GRADE LEVEL O -SEE DETAIL B INTAKE EXHAUST 11 ' )I OPTIONAL INTAKE DETAIL C EXHAUST / INTAKE RELATIONSHIP 1407 26 0 VENT TERMINAL Canadian Installations' A= Clearance above grade, veranda, 12 inches (30 cm) porch, deck, or balcony AIR SUPPLY INLET US Installations2 12 inches (30 cm) B= Clearance to window or door that may be opened 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances __10,000 BTUH (3 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 5100,00 BTUH (30 kW), 36 inches (91 cm) for appliances >100,00 BTUH (30 kW) 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances 510,000 BTUH (3 kW), 9 inches (23 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 550,000 BTUH (15 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances > 50,000 BTUH (15 kW) C= Clearance to permanently closed window D= Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located above the terminal within a horizontal distance of 2 feet (61 cm) from the center line of the terminal E= Clearance to unventilated soffit F= Clearance to outside corner G= Clearance to inside comer H= Clearance to each side of center line extended above meter /regulator assembly 3 feet (91 cm) within a height 15 feet above the meter /regulator assembly I= Clearance to service regulator vent outlet 3 feet (1.83 m) AREA WHERE TERMINAL IS NOT PERMITTED J= Clearance to nonmechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance Canadian Installations' 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances 510,000 BTUH (3 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 5100,00 BTUH (30 kW), 36 inches (91 cm) for appliances >100,00 BTUH (30 kW) US Installations2 6 inches (15 cm) for appliances 510,000 BTUH (3 kW), 9 inches (23 cm) for appliances > 10,000 BTUH (3 kW) and 550,000 BTUH (15 kW), 12 inches (30 cm) for appliances >50,000 BTUH (15 kW) K= Clearance to a mechanical air supply inlet 6 feet (1.83 m) 3 feet (91 cm) above if within 10 feet (3 m) horizontally L= Clearance above paved sidewalk 7 feet (2.13 m) t or paved driveway located on public property M. Clearance under veranda, porch 12 inches (30 cm) deck, or balcony 'In accordance with the current CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code 2 In accordance with the current ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code t A vent shall not termi nate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway that is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings. $ Permitted oni y if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor. For clearances not specified in ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 or CAN /CGA -B149, one of the following shall be indicated: a) A reference to the following footnote: "Clearance in accordance with local installation codes, the requirements of the gas supplier and the manufactureres installation instuctions." o 71 7C) n C Am z IV -1 N 1 m 73 z r 0 r m z 0 m 12 N LOCATION REQUIREMENTS HORIZONTAL DIRECT VENTS A CAUTION THE COMBUSTION PRODUCTS AND MOISTURE IN THE FLUE GASES WILL CONDENSE AS THEY LEAVE THE TERMINATION. THE CONDENSATE CAN FREEZE ON THE EXTERIOR WALL, UNDER THE EAVES AND ON SURROUNDING OBJECTS. SOME DISCOLORATION TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING IS TO BE EXPECTED. HOWEVER, IMPROPER LOCATION OR INSTALLATION CAN RESULT IN STRUCTURAL OR EXTERIOR FINISH DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING AND MAY RECIRCULATE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION INTO THE COMBUSTION AIR TERMINAL AND FREEZE. The vent must be installed with the following minimum clearances. See Figures 22 & 23. 1. The bottom of the vent terminal and the air inlet shall be located at least 12 inches above grade. Increase the 12 -in. minimum to keep the terminal openings above the level of snow accumulation, where applicable. 2. The vent shall not terminate over public walkways or over an area where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance or hazard. 3. The vent terminal shall be located at least one foot from any opening through which flue gases could enter a building. 4. The vent terminal shall be at least 3 feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet, except the combustion air inlet of a direct vent appliance. 5. The vent terminal shall have a minimum horizontal clearance of 4 feet from electric meters, gas meters, regulators and relief equipment. 6. Locate the furnace combustion air inlet minimum of 3 feet from the vent of any other gas or fuel burning appliance or clothes dryer to prevent recirculation of the flue gases into the furnace combustion air inlet. The only exception to this requirement is the case of multiventing two or more furnaces, which is covered in the section on multiventing in these instructions. 28 In addition to the minimum clearances listed above, the vent location should also be governed by the following guidelines. 1. Do not terminate under any kind of patio or deck. If running the vent under a deck, insulate it to insure no condensate freezes and blocks the pipe. 2. Do not terminate behind any area that may allow the flue products to become stagnant and recirculate. 3. Do not locate on the side of a building with prevailing winter winds. This will help prevent moisture from freezing on walls and overhangs (under eaves). 4. Do not extend vent directly through brick or masonry surfaces, unless a rust - resistant sheet metal or plastic backing plate behind vent. See Figure 23. 5. Do not locate too close to shrubs as condensate may stunt or kill them. 6. Minimum vertical clearances of 1 foot are recommended for overhangs up to 1 foot horizontal. The vertical clearance should be increased equally for each additional increase in horizontal overhang to a maximum vertical clearance of 6 feet. 7. Caulk all cracks, seams and joints within 6 feet horizontally and above and below vent. See Figure 23. FIGURE 23 MOISTURE ZONES MOIIMMONINIIM RISING MOISTURE WILL COLLECT UNDER EAVES. IF SOFFIT VENT IS TOO CLOSE, BLOCK OFF AND INSTALL NEW VENT AT ANOTHER LOCATION. CAULK 6' .6' CAULK ZONE OR TO EDGE OF WINDOW, ETC. I 6' CAULK_ STARTING ZONE WITHIN 6' 3 - - - -- -.., / / / / / / / / / / •11 CAULK MIMS 4' R7V SILICONE CAULK - 2 FT. SQ. SHEET METAL PLATE ON BRICK OR MASONRY SURFACE RECOMMENDED, BUT NOT REQUIRED BY CODE. FIGURE 24 TWO FURNACE VENTING THROUGH ROOF TWO -PIPE VENTING COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE .� 2" PVC EXHAUST VENT MODELS 04 -06 TO BE REDUCED TO 2" PVC LAST 12 ". MODELS 07-12 TO BE REDUCED FROM 3" PVC TO2"PVC 3" MINIMUM BELOW ROOF LINE. 24" MAXIMUM CONCENTRIC VENTING MINIMUM 12' ABOVE AVERAGE SNOW ACCUMULATION. MAXIMUM OF 24 IN. ABOVE ROOF. 8° MINIMUM /24" MAXIMUM SEE CONCENTRIC VENT SECTION ON PAGE 23 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. Painted surfaces must be sound and in good condition with no cracking, peeling, etc. Painted surfaces will require maintenance. 9. Do not expose 3" x 2" reducer/ bushing to outdoor ambient temperatures. FIGURE 25 TWO FURNACE VENTING THROUGH WALL TWO -PIPE VENTING MAXIMUM I" DISTANCE FROM WALL I� COYYUSTIOM AIR OITAKE r PVC COUPLINO WITH VANE IN VERTICAL POSITION EXHAUST VENT 3" MINIMUM 24° MAXIMUM CONCENTRIC VENTING 6' MINIMUM 10' RECOMMENDED 8" MINIMUM 24" MAXIMUM MINIMUM 12" ABOVE GRADE SEE CONCENTRIC VENT SECTION ON PAGE 23 FOR MORE INFORMATION. MULTIVENTING IF VENTING TWO OR MORE FURNACES NEAR EACH OTHER IS REQUIRED, EACH FURNACE MUST BE INDIVIDUALLY VENTED — NO COMMON VENTING IS PERMITTED. See Figures 24 and 25 for positioning of the terminations. When more than two furnaces are to be vented, there must be at least 4 feet between the first two furnaces and the third, etc. 29 RXGY G02 SIDE WALL VENT This termination for horizontal venting only. IMPORTANT: Do not install on the prevailing winter wind side of the structure. Observe same clearances specified for horizontal, standard termination. NOTE: Multi- venting -No common venting. NOTE: Install the vent and air intake piping into the vent plate openings. Seal all gaps between the pipes and wall. Be Sure To Use Silicone Sealant to seal the vent pipe to the vent cap to permit field disassembly for annual inspection and cleaning. Also seal all pipe penetrations in wall. To prevent possibility of condensate freeze -up or recirculation, do not install vent kits one above the other. NOTE: The vent illustration in Figure 27 can be used for Non - direct vent terminations also. FIGURE 26 VENT KIT INSTALLATION OPTIONS OPTION 8 8 MINIMUM 1 TYPICAL VERTICAL INSTALLATION TYPICAL HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION 30 FIGURE 27 VENT KIT INSTALLATION OPTIONS inch I BETWEEN 12 AND 30 INCHES C.F 2" PIPE /r REOUCAJ2 C2UFUNC, 12" MINtMUt.S TC c)VERH,.N2 -Y PAR INT 'I E For 90000 thru 105000 BTUH models - reduce to alength between 12 inches and30 inches of 2 inch pipe. for 45000 thru 75000 BTUH model s- when 3 inch pipe is used reduce last 30 inches to 18 inches of 2 inch pipe. Note: Vent should protrude a maximum of 2 -1/4" beyond vent plate. Air intake should protrude a maximum of 1 inch beyond vent plate. Seal all wall cavities CONNECTING TO FURNACE IMPORTANT: Clean and debur all pipe cuts. The shavings must not be allowed to block the exhaust, inlet or condensate drain pipes. UPFLOW FURNACE The exhaust pipe connection is a 2 -in. female PVC pipe fitting extending through the left side of the furnace top plate. This opening has a protective cap which should be removed just prior to installing the exhaust pipe. When 2 -in. pipe is used, connect it directly to this fitting. When 3 -in. pipe is used, connect a 2 to 3 -in. coupling to this fitting with a short piece of 2 -in. PVC pipe. The inlet combustion air connection is at the right side of the top plate. An alternate combustion inlet air connection may be made on the right side of the jacket. This opening has a plastic cap. A combustion inlet air connection fitting is supplied with the furnace and it must be installed in the furnace by screwing it into the opening. Make sure the rubber "O- ring" supplied with the furnace is used with this fitting. See Figure 28. DOWNFLOW /HORIZONTAL FURNACE The exhaust pipe connection is a 2 -in. upflow only PVC pipe fitting extending through the right side of the furnace top cover. This opening has a pro- tective cap which should be removed just prior to installing the exhaust pipe. When 2 -in. pipe is used, con- nect it directly to this fitting. When 3 -in. pipe is used, connect with a 2- to 3 -in. coupling directly to the 2 -in. pipe. The combustion inlet air connection is a 2 -in. extruded hole on the left side of the top plate. When a 2 -in. pipe is used, attach a 2 -in. PVC coupling over this hole with RTV sealant and also add two sheet metal screws through the coupling into the extrusion to secure it in place, and add the required piping. When 3 -in. pipe is required, use a 2- to 3 -in. coupling and add the required piping. See Figure 29. FIGURE 28 UPFLOW COMBUSTION AIR AND VENT PIPE CONNECTION TOP PLATE VENT CAP /PLUG OUTLET AIR PIPE "O" RING COMBUSTION AIR ADAPTER NOTE: WHEN COMBUSTION AIR INLET IS IN OPTIONAL POSITION SWAP LOCATION OF INLET AIR ADAPTER AND "O" RING WITH PLUG. EXHAUSTTRANSMON CONNECTOR CONDENSATE TRAP PLUG OPT. COMBUSTION AIR INLET POSITION INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER 1329 FIGURE 29 DOWNFLOW /HORIZONTAL COMBUSTION AIR AND VENT PIPE CONNECTION COUPLING NOTE: ' ATTACH COUPLING TO EXTRUDED COLLAR WITH TWO SCREWS. PUT BEAD OF SILICONE AROUND BASE BEFORE MOUNTING COUPLING. COMBUSTION AIR CHASE INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER VENT CAP/PLUG PIPE - PVC CONNECTOR OUTLET AIR PIPE EXHAUST TRANSITION 1329 31 CONDENSATE DRAIN /NEUTRALIZER GENERAL INFORMATION A CAUTION DO NOT RUN DRAIN OUTDOORS. FREEZING OF CONDENSATE CAN CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE. IMPORTANT: Do not connect into a common drain line with an air con- ditioner evaporator coil drain located below the furnace. A blocked or restricted drain line can result in over- flow of the coil pan and negate the fumace blocked drain shutoff control. FILL TRAP ASSEMBLY WITH WATER BEFORE OPERATING THE FURNACE. This can be done by removing the drain hose from the trap and pouring about a cup of water into the vent trap. Water will flow into the house drain when the trap is full. If local codes require, install a condensate neutralizer cartridge in the drain line. Install cartridge in horizontal position only. Also install an overflow line if routing to a floor drain. See Figures 30 and 31. If no floor drain is available, install a condensate pump that is resistant to acidic water. Pumps are available from your local distributor. If pump used is not resistant to acidic water, a condensate neutralizer must be used ahead of the pump. The condensate pump must have an auxiliary safety switch to prevent operation of the furnace and resulting overflow of condensate in the event of pump failure. The safety switch must be wired through the "R" circuit only (low voltage) to provide operation in either heating or cooling modes. UPFLOW MODELS The condensate drain trap is located in the blower compartment on the left - hand side of the jacket. A short piece of 1 -in. PVC pipe and a 1 -in. tee are provided. Connect the 1 -in. pipe to the elbow on the trap and the tee to this pipe so that the open end is upward. Run a drain tube from the bottom of the tee to a floor drain or condensate pump. IMPORTANT: If installing the unit over a finished ceiling, or living area, be certain to install an auxiliary condensate drain pan under the entire unit extending out under the condensate tee. IMPORTANT: There are two options when choosing a height for the condensate riser: CONDENSATE OVERFLOW: With a 51 inch riser installed above the tee, a blocked drain will result in overflow from the riser. FURNACE SHUTDOWN: To cause the furnace to shut down when a blocked 32 drain is present, install a riser which is a minimum of 1013/16 ". If the furnace is installed in an attic, crawlspace or other area where freezing temperatures may occur, the furnace drain can freeze while shut off for long periods of time. Use a solvent cement that is compatible with PVC material. Cut the drain hoses to the appropriate length and connect to the trap with hose clamps. Tighten the clamps with pliers and check for leaks after attaching. DOWNFLOW MODELS IMPORTANT: There are two options when choosing a height for the condensate riser: CONDENSATE OVERFLOW: With a 13/4 inch riser installed above the tee, a blocked drain will result in overflow from the riser. FURNACE SHUTDOWN: To cause the furnace to shut down when a blocked drain is present, install a riser which is a minimum of 51/2 ". If the fumace is installed in an attic, crawlspace or other area where freezing temperatures may occur, the furnace drain can freeze while shut off for long periods of time. Use a solvent cement that is compatible with PVC material. FIGURE 30 UPFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN NOTE: SEE UPFLOW MODEL - NOTES FOR PIPE HEIGHT DRAIN LINE CONDENSATE TRAP NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE (OPTIONAL) OVERFLOW LINE (REQUIRED ONLY WHEN OPTIONAL NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE IS USED.) TO FLOOR DRAIN OR CONDENSATE PUMP 1408 FIGURE 31 DOWNFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN NOTE: SEE DOWNFLOW MODEL NOTES FOR PIPE HEIGHT OVERFLOW LINE (REQUIRED ONLY WHEN OPTIONAL NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE IS USED.) CONDENSATE TRAP DRAIN LINE NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE - (OPTIONAL) TO FLOOR DRAIN OR CONDENSATE PUMP 1408 REVERSING THE TRAP UPFLOW UNITS The trap may be moved to the right side for right side drainage. Open the knockout for the drain on the right side of the cabinet. Remove the bracket holding the trap from the left side. Seal the left side drain hole with a plug provided in the cloth bag with the furnace. Position the mounting bracket and trap so that the drain elbow is centered in the hole on the right. See Figure 32. Drill two holes in the cabinet to mount the bracket. Mount the trap and bracket to the right side with the drain elbow pointing through the knockout. Connect the 1 /2 -in. pipe and tee as noted above. Route the drain hoses behind the control box, cut to the appropriate length, and connect to the trap with hose clamps. IMPORTANT: DO NOT ALLOW ANY SAGS OR KINKS IN THE HOSES. This prevents proper condensate flow. IMPORTANT: Do not connect into a common drain line with an air conditioner evaporator coil drain located above the furnace. A blocked or restricted drain line can result in overflow of the coil pan and negate the furnace blocked drain shutoff control. DOWNFLOW UNITS To convert downflow models to left- hand drain, a kit (RXGY -H01) must be ordered from the distributor. The kit includes a 24" piece of 1/2" black PVC pipe, a 2 -9/16" length of black hose, a 2" rubber grommet, a 1 -5/8" plug and instructions. Note the location of the alternate drain hole as shown in Figure 33. First remove the long molded hose from the trap. Remove the double - elbow black molded hose from the trap and exhaust transition and discard. Remove the trap from its mounting bracket, rotate it 180 °, and mount in place with drainage elbow pointing to the left. Reattach the long black molded hose. Use the 2- 9/16" length of black hose included in the kit between the trap and exhaust transition. Clamp the hoses tight with white nylon clamps. Remove the plug from the 2" altemate drain hole (see Figure 33) and replace it with the 2" rubber grommet supplied in the RXGY- H01 downflow alternate drain kit. Also, remove the 1 -5/8" grommet supplied in the primary drain hole and replace it with the 1 -5/8" diameter plug that is also supplied in the RXGY -H01 downflow alternate drain kit. Both the hole -plug and grommet must be in place to insure a good seal in the burner compartment. A length of 1/2" black PVC pipe is also provided in the RXGY -H01 downflow alternate drain kit. Glue one end of the pipe to the elbow in the trap. Cut the pipe so that it extends through the alternate drain hole in the left side of the cabinet one inch (see Figure 33). Connect the1 /2" PVC tee (supplied with the furnace) to the pipe with a 1- 3/4" riser. Use the 1 -5/8" plug supplied in the RXGY -H01 downflow alternate drain kit to seal the right side drainage hole. IMPORTANT: Do not connect into a common drain line with an air conditioner evaporator coil drain located above the furnace. A blocked or restricted drain line can result in overflow of the coil pan and negate the furnace blocked -drain shutoff control. To convert to left side drainage, remove the long molded hose from the trap. Remove the double -elbow black molded hose from the trap and exhaust transition and discard. Remove the trap from its mounting bracket, rotate it 180 degrees and mount in place with the drainage elbow pointing to the left. Reattach the long black molded hose. Use the 2- 9/16" length of black hose included in the RXGY -H01 kit between the trap and exhaust transition. Clamp the hoses tight with white nylon clamps. FILLING THE TRAP FILL THE TRAP ASSEMBLY WITH WATER BEFORE OPERATING THE FURNACE. Do this by removing the drain hose from the trap or from the connection to the secondary coil. Pour about a cup of water into the vent trap. Any excess water flows into the house drain when the trap is full. NOTE: Fill the trap assembly with water every heating season. FIGURE 32 UPFLOW OPPOSITE SIDE CONDENSATE TRAP CONNECTION PROPER DRAIN SLOPE REQUIRED (NO KINKS ALLOWED) IFC MOUNTING PLATE CUT DRAIN HOSES AS REQUIRED AND CONNECT TO INLETS ON TOP OF CONDENSATE TRAP CONDENSATE TRAP 1 TO FLOOR DRAIN DRAIN RISER TEE DRAIN EXTENSION 1394 FIGURE 33 DOWNFLOW OPPOSITE SIDE CONDENSATE TRAP CONNECTION DRAIN VENT DRAIN EXTENSION TEE ALTERNATE DRAIN HOLE LOCATED HERE ON JACKET. R(REMOVE PLASTIC PLUG AND EPLACE WITH GROMMET). EXISTING DRAM HOLE. PLUG WITH 1413" PLUG SUPPLIED IN KIT ROTATE TRAP 180° AND INSTALL RIGID PIPE FROM ELBOW TO OPPSOITE SIDE OF JACKET AS SHOWN TO FLOOR DRAM OR CONDENSATE PUMP CONDENSATE TRAP 1394 33 CONVERTING DOWNFLOW TO HORIZONTAL CONDENSATE DRAIN FOR HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION Refer to Figure 35 for Steps 1-5. 1. This unit is shipped factory ready for downflow installation. The condensate trap assembly and drain hoses require conversion for horizontal installation. Remove the existing condensate trap with the unit in the upright position. IMPORTANT: This furnace may only be installed so that when facing the front of the furnace, supply air is discharged on the left hand side. 2. Remove the burner compartment door from the unit. 3. Remove the two screws from the right side of the furnace jacket which support the trap mounting bracket ®. Remove the two plastic plugs on either side of the trap outlet hole and discard. 4. Remove the black molded 90° hose © from the top of the existing trap ® and from the furnace collector box. Cut 1.0 inch from the', long end of the hose. 5. Remove the double -elbow black molded hose DD from the exhaust transition©. Discard this hose and the downflow trap. Retain the clamps for future use. Additional clamps are provided in the parts bag if any clamps are damaged during conversion process. ' NOTE: The following steps should take place with the furnace in the horizontal position. 34 Refer to Figure 36 for Steps 6 -11. 6. Locate the parts bag in the burner compartment. Install two plastic plugs OF in the side of the jacket from bottom side up. 7. Attach the gasket ® onto the trap assembly so that the gasket holes on the gasket line up with the holes on the trap assembly. 8. Fill the trap assembly © with 1/2 cup of water. 9. Insert the trap assembly with gasket up through the existing hole in the jacket and secure from inside the jacket. Use two screws provided. Screw down into the two "ears" molded into either side of the trap. Snug the trap assembly against the furnace jacket compressing the gasket slightly to eliminate any air leaks. Do not overtighten! 10. Attach the black molded rubber 90° elbow OI to the straight spout on the trap top using a white nylon clamp OO . Attach the other end of the rubber elbow to the spout © located on the exhaust transition © using a white nylon clamp. 11. Attach the 90° end of the molded hose © to the collector box. Clamp the hose tight with a white nylon clamp. Then attach the long end of the molded hose to the 45° elbow molded into the top of the trap assembly. Clamp the hose tight with white nylon clamp. IMPORTANT: Tighten all clamp connections with a pair of pliers and check for leaks after conversion is complete. 11. IMPORTANT: There are two options when choosing a height for the condensate riser: CONDENSATE OVERFLOW: With a 13/4 inch riser installed above the tee, a blocked drain will result in overflow from the riser. FURNACE SHUTDOWN: To cause the furnace to shut down when a blocked drain is present, install a riser which is a minimum of 51/2". If the furnace is installed in an attic, crawlspace or other area where freezing temperatures may occur, the furnace drain can freeze while shut off for long periods of time. Use a solvent cement that is compatible with PVC material. FIGURE 34 HORIZONTAL CONDENSATE DRAIN NOTE: SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR HORIZONTAL MODELS FOR PIPE HEIGHT. OVERFLOW LINE (REQUIRED ONLY WHEN OPTIONAL NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE IS USED.) NEUTRALIZER CARTRIDGE (OPTIONAL) TO FLOOR DRAIN OR CONDENSATE PUMP CONDENSATE TRAP 1408 CONDENSATE TRAP CONVERSION FROM DOWNFLOWTO HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION FIGURE 35 UPRIGHT POSITION: REMOVAL OF EXISTING DOWNFLOW CONDENSATE TRAP FIGURE 36 HORIZONTAL POSITION: CONDENSATE TRAP INSTALLATION FOR HORIZONTAL OPERATION 1534 GAS SUPPLY AND PIPING GAS SUPPLY AWARNING THIS FURNACE IS EQUIPPED AT THE FACTORY FOR USE ON NATURAL GAS ONLY. CONVERSION TO LP GAS REQUIRES A SPECIAL KIT SUPPLIED BY THE DISTRIBUTOR OR MANUFACTURER. MAILING ADDRESS IS LISTED ON THE WARRANTY. FAILURE TO USE THE PROPER CONVERSION KIT CAN CAUSE FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, EXPLOSION, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. See the conversion kit index supplied with the furnace. This index identifies the proper LP Gas Conversion Kit required for each particular furnace. IMPORTANT: Any additions, changes or conversions required for the furnace to satisfactorily meet the application should be made by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier, using factory- specified or approved parts. IMPORTANT: Connect this furnace only to gas supplied by a commercial utility. IMPORTANT: A U.L. recognized fuel gas and carbon monoxide detector(s) are recommended in all applications, and their installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and /or local laws, rules, regulations nor customs. GAS PIPING Install the gas piping according to all local codes and regulations of the utility company. If possible, run a separate gas supply line directly from the meter to the furnace. Consult the local gas company for the location of the manual main shut -off valve. The gas line and manual gas valve must be adequate in size to prevent undue pressure drop and never smaller than the pipe size to the com- bination gas valve on the furnace. Refer to Table 3 for the recom- mended gas pipe size. See Figure 37 for typical gas pipe connections. 36 FIGURE 37 GAS PIPING INSTALLATION MAIN GAS VALVE TOP VIEW OF GAS UNE AND VALVE IN OPT. POSITION 4 TO 5 FEET ABOVE FLOOR REO'D BY SOME UTIUTIES. GROMMET (IN NORMAL POSITION) DRIP LEG UNION NOTE: WHEN GAS UNE IS IN OPT. POSITION, SWAP LOCATION OF GROMMET AND PLUG. OPT. GAS UNE POSITION PLUG (IN NORMAL POSITION) MANIFOLD PRESSURE TAP IGNITOR MANIFOLD s=3 MAIN GAS VALVE 4 TO 5 FEET ABOVE FLOOR REO'D BY SOME UTILITIES. GROMMET (IN NORMAL POSITION) DRIP LEG GROMMET TOP VIE OF GAS UNE AND VALVE NOTE: WHOP GAS W UNE IS IN OPT. IN OPT. POSITION POSITION, SWAP ' LOCATION OF GROMMET AND PLUG. GAS VALVE PLUG (IN NORMAL POSITION) MANIFOLD PRESSURE TAP MANIFOLD BURNERS IGNITOR 1328 HORIZONTAL -- MANUAL GAS VALVE UNION GAS VALVE 1524 IMPORTANT: DO NOT RUN A FLEXIBLE GAS CONNECTOR INSIDE THE UNIT. Extend the 1/2" black pipe from the gas valve to the outside of the cabinet. Connect any flexible gas connector from there to the gas piping. Install a ground joint union inside the cabinet to easily remove the control valve assembly. Install a manual shut -off valve in the gas line outside the furnace casing. The T -valve should be readily accessible to turn the gas supply on or off. Install a drip leg in the gas supply line as close to the furnace as possible. Always use a pipe compound resistant to the action of liquefied petroleum gases on all threaded connections. IMPORTANT: When making gas pipe connections, use a back -up wrench to prevent any twisting of the control assembly and gas valve. Any strains on the gas valve can change the position of the gas orifices in the burners. This can cause erratic furnace operation. IMPORTANT: Do not run a flexible gas connector inside the unit. If local codes allow the use of a flexible gas appliance connector, always use a new listed connector. Do not use a connector which has previously serviced another gas appliance. Massachusetts law requires that all flexibile connectors be less than 36 ". The gas pipe gasket in the cabinet does not seal around a flexi -ble gas connector. It is important to have all openings in the cabinet burner compartment sealed for proper furnace operation. IMPORTANT: ENSURE that the furnace gas control valve not be subjected to high gas line supply pressures. DISCONNECT the furnace and its individual shut -off valve from the gas supply piping during any pressure testing that exceeds 1/2 PSIG. (3.48 kPa). GAS PRESSURE Natural gas supply pressure should be 5" to 10.5" w.c. LP gas supply pressure should be 11" to 13" w.c. This pressure must be maintained with all other gas -fired appliances in operation. A CAUTION ELEVATIONS ABOVE 2000 FT REQUIRE THAT THE FURNACE INPUT RATING BE ADJUSTED AND THAT THE SIZE OF THE BURNER ORIFICES BE RE- CALCULATED BASED ON ELEVATION AND GAS HEATING VALUE. THE BURNER ORIFICES MAY (OR MAY NOT) NEED TO BE CHANGED. SEE THE SECTION TITLED "HIGH ALTITUDE INSTALLATIONS" OF THIS BOOK FOR INSTRUCTIONS. The minimum supply pressure to the gas valve for proper furnace input adjustments is 5" w.c. for natural gas, TABLE 3 NATURAL GAS PIPE CAPACITY TABLE (CU. FTJHR.) Capacity of gas pipe of different diameters and lengths in cu. ft. per hr. with pressure drop of 0.3 in. and specific gravity of 0.60 (natural gas). Nominal Length of Pipe, Feet Iron Pipe Size, Inches 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 1/2 132 92 73 63 56 50 46 43 3/4 278 190 152 130 115 105 96 90 1 520 350 285 245 215 195 180 170 1 -1/4 1,050 730 590 500 440 400 370 350 1 -1/2 1,600 1,100 890 760 670 610 560 530 After the length of pipe has been determined, select the pipe size which will provide the minimum cubic feet per hour required for the gas input rating of the furnace. By formula: Cu. Ft. Per Hr. Required - Gas Input of Furnace BTU /HR Heating Value of Gas (BTU /FP The gas input of the furnace is marked on the fumace rating plate. The heating value of the gas (BTU /FT3) may be determined by consulting the local natural gas utility or the LP gas supplier. however 6" to 7" is recommended. The minimum supply pressure is 11" w.c. for LP gas. A WARNING NEVER PURGE A GAS LINE INTO THE COMBUSTION CHAMBER. NEVER USE MATCHES, FLAME OR ANY IGNITION SOURCE FOR CHECKING LEAKAGE. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THIS WARNING CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. To check for gas leakage, use an approved chloride -free soap and water solution, an electronic com- bustible gas detector (see Figure 38), or other approved method. GAS VALVE This furnace has a 24 -volt operated valve. It has ports for measuring supply pressure and manifold pressure. The valve body contains a FIGURE 38 ELECTRONIC COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTOR pressure regulator to maintain proper manifold pressure. A manual control is on the valve body. It can be set to only the "ON" or "OFF" positions. The gas valve is a slow- opening valve. See Figure 39. When energized, it takes 6 to 8 seconds to fully open. FIGURE 39 TYPICAL GAS VALVES HONEYWELL CONTROL KNOB PRESSURE REGULATOR ADJUSTMENT WHITE RODGERS 37 LP CONVERSION NOTE: See Page 47 for Canadian High - Altitude Derate IMPORTANT: LP gas from trucks used to transport liquid -based fertilizers can contain chemicals that will damage the furnace. Verify that your gas supplier, does not use the same trucks to transport materials other than LP. The valve can be converted to use liquified petroleum (LP) gas by replacing the pressure regulator spring with the conversion kit spring. This LP kit spring allows the regulator to maintain the proper manifold pressure for LP gas. See Figure 40. NOTE: Order the correct LP conversion kit from the furnace manufacturer. Furnace conversion to LP gas must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. ORIFICE INSTALLATION LP Gas is a manufactured gas that has consistent heating value across most regions. The Sea Level input should still be reduced by 3.5 -4% per thousand ft. and the orifice size must be selected based on the reduced input selection chart below. Altitude Orifice Size O to 5000' 1.15 mm 5000' -8000' 1.10 mm To change orifice spuds for either conversion to LP! or for elevation: 1. Shut off the manual main gas valve and remove the gas manifold. 2. Replace the orifice spuds. 3. Reassemble in reverse order. 4. Turn the gas supply back on and check for proper operation and manifold pressure. See Figures 41, 42 and 43. 5. Attach the notice label alerting the next service technician that the furnace has been converted to LP gas. 38 FIGURE 40 TYPICAL LP KIT CONTENTS ORIFICE ORDERING INFORMATION Orifice sizes are selected by adding the 2 -digit drill size required in the orifice part number. Drill sizes available are 39 through 64; metric sizes available 1.10mm ( -90) and 1.15mm ( -91): Orifice Part Number 62- 22175 - (drill size) Example 1: #60 drill size orifice required Part # 62- 22175 -60 Example 2: 1.15mm drill size orifice required Part # 62- 22175 -91 90+ HIGH ALTITUDE INSTRUCTIONS The GRC and GTC models do not require any changes for high altitude application, except L.P. conversion case. See the L.P. conversion section on this page. SETTING GAS PRESSURE The maximum gas supply pressure to the fumace should be 10.5" w.c. natural gas, or 13" w.c. LP gas. The minimum supply gas pressure to the gas valve should be 5" w.c. natural gas or 11" w.c. LP gas. A properly calibrated U -Tube manometer is required for accurate gas pressure measurements. A CAUTION ELEVATIONS ABOVE 2000 FT REQUIRE THAT THE FURNACE INPUT RATING BE ADJUSTED AND THAT THE SIZE OF THE BURNER ORIFICES BE RE- CALCULATED BASED ON ELEVATION AND GAS HEATING VALUE. THE BURNER ORIFICES MAY (OR MAY NOT) NEED TO BE CHANGED. SEE THE SECTION TITLED "HIGH ALTITUDE INSTALLATIONS" OF THIS BOOK FOR INSTRUCTIONS. Supply Gas Pressure Measure- ment. A line pressure tap is on the input side of the gas valve. See Figure 40. 1. With gas shut off to the furnace at the manual gas valve outside the unit, remove the input pressure tap plug. 2. Connect a U -Tube manometer to the pressure tap. 3. Turn on the gas supply and operate the furnace and all other gas -fired units on the same gas line as the furnace. 4. Note or adjust the line gas pressure to give: A. 5" - 10.5" w.c. for natural gas. B. 11" - 13" w.c. for LP gas. 5. Shut off the gas at the manual gas valve and remove the U -Tube manometer. FIGURE 41 MANIFOLD PRESSURE TAP TABLE 4 LP GAS PIPE CAPACITY TABLE (CU. FTJHR.) Maximum capacity of pipe in thousands of BTU per hour of undiluted liquefied petroleum gases (at 11 inches water column inlet pressure). (Based on a Pressure Drop of 0.5 Inch Water Column) Nominal Length of Pipe, Feet Iron Pipe Size, Inches 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 1/2 275 189 152 129 114 103 96 89 83 78 69 63 3/4 567 393 315 267 237 217 196 182 173 162 146 132 1 1,071 732 590 504 448 409 378 346 322 307 275 252 1 -1/4 2,205 1,496 1,212 1,039 913 834 771 724 677 630 567 511 1 -1/2 3,307 2,299 1,858 1,559 1,417 1,275 1,181 1,086 1,023 976 866 787 2 6,221 4,331 3,465 2,992 2,646 2,394 2,205 2,047 1,921 1,811 1,606 1,496 Example (LP): Input BTU requirement of unit, 120,000 Equivalent length of pipe, 60 ft. = 3/4' IPS required. 6. Replace the pressure tap plug before turning on the gas. If the supply gas line pressure is above these ranges, install an in -line gas regulator to the furnace for natural gas units. With LP gas, have the LP supplier reduce the line pressure at the regulator. If supply gas line pressure is below these ranges, either remove any restrictions in the gas supply piping or enlarge the gas pipe. See Tables 3 and 4. With LP gas, have the LP supplier adjust the line pressure at the regulator. A CAUTION ELEVATIONS ABOVE 2000 FT REQUIRE THAT THE FURNACE INPUT RATING BE ADJUSTED AND THAT THE SIZE OF THE BURNER ORIFICES BE RE- CALCULATED BASED ON ELEVATION AND GAS HEATING VALUE. THE BURNER ORIFICES MAY (OR MAY NOT) NEED TO BE CHANGED. SEE THE SECTION TITLED "HIGH ALTITUDE INSTALLATIONS" OF THIS BOOK FOR INSTRUCTIONS. Manifold Gas Pressure Measurement. Natural gas manifold pressure should be 3.5" w.c. LP gas manifold pressure should be 10.0" w.c. Only small variations in gas pressure should be made by adjusting the pressure regulator. 1. With the gas to the unit shut off at the manual gas valve, remove the pressure tap plug in the gas manifold. See Figure 41. 2. Connect a U -Tube manometer to this pressure tap. See Figure 42. 3. Tum on the gas supply and operate the fumace. 4. Note or adjust the manifold gas pressure to give: A. 3.5" w.c. for natural gas. B. 10.0" w.c. for LP gas. 5. To adjust the pressure regulator, remove the regulator cap. 6. Turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure, or counterclockwise to decrease pressure. 7. Securely replace the regulator cap. 8. Shut off gas at the manual gas valve and remove the U -Tube manometer. 9. Replace the manifold pressure tap plug before turning on the gas. 39 FIGURE 42 MANIFOLD PRESSURE READING FIGURE 43 UPFLOW GROUNDING CONNECTIONS JUNCTION BOX LOW VOLTAGE TERMINALS CONDENSATE TRAP CONTROL IS GROUNDED WHEN ATTACHED TO BLOWER IFC MOUNTING PLATE BLOWER COMPARTMENT 1409 -3 40 ELECTRICAL WIRING AWARNING TURN OFF ELECTRIC POWER AT FUSE BOX OR SERVICE PANEL BEFORE MAKING ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. AWARNING THE CABINET MUST HAVE AN UNINTERRUPTED GROUND ACCORDING TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ANSI/ NFPA70- OR IN CANADA, THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE, CSA -C221 OR LOCAL CODES THAT APPLY. DO NOT USE GAS PIPING AS AN ELECTRICAL GROUND. A GROUND SCREW IS PROVIDED IN THE JUNCTION BOX. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. A WARNING THIS FURNACE IS EQUIPPED WITH A BLOWER DOOR SAFETY SWITCH. DO NOT DISABLE THIS SWITCH. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS WARNING CAN RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. IMPORTANT: The furnace must be installed so that the electrical components are protected from water (condensate). Before proceeding with the electrical connections, be certain that the voltage, frequency and phase corresponds to that specified on the furnace rating plate. For single furnace application, maximum over - current protection is 15 amperes. Use a separate fused branch electrical circuit containing a properly sized fuse or circuit breaker. Run this circuit directly from the main switch box to an electrical disconnect that is readily accessible and located near the furnace. Connect from the electrical disconnect to the junction box on the left side of the furnace, inside the blower compartment. For the proper connection, refer to the appropriate wiring diagram located on the inside cover of the furnace control box and in these instructions. NOTE: UPFLOW MODELS ONLY The electrical junction box may be moved to the right side if necessary. A knockout is provided. Seal the opposite hole with plug provided. NOTE: L1 (hot) and L2 (neutral) polarity must be observed when making field connections to the furnace. The ignition control may not sense flame if L1 and L2 are reversed. See Figure 42. Make all electrical connections in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code ANSI /NFPA70 and local codes having jurisdiction. These may be obtained from: National Fire Protection Association, Inc. Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269 CSA - International 178 Rexdale Blvd. Etobicoke (Toronto), Ontario Canada M9W, 1 R3 THERMOSTAT The room thermostat must be com- patible with the integrated furnace control on the furnace. Generally, all thermostats that are not of the "current robbing" type are compatible with the integrated furnace control. The low voltage wiring should be sized as shown. NOTE: Do not use 24 volt control wiring smaller than No. 18 AWG. NOTE: An isolation relay can be added to prevent any compatibility problems that may occur. Use a single -pole, single -throw relay with a 24 -volt AC coil. The contacts should be rated for .5 amps minimum at 24 volts. See Figure 45. Install the room thermostat in accordance with the instruction sheet packed in the box with the thermostat. Run the thermostat lead wires inside the blower compartment and connect to low voltage terminals as shown on the wiring diagram. Never install the thermostat on an outside wall or where it will be influenced by drafts, concealed hot or cold water pipes or ducts, lighting fixtures, radiation from FIGURE 44 LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS UT ELECTRONIC CONTROLS 1028 -928 CONTROL BOARD o8 /�- NEUTRALS NEUTRALS LI II II II II II HUM XFMR -PRI EAC FAN MI M2 UT ELECTRONIC CONTROLS 1012 -925 CONTROL BOARD NEUTRALS " L1 1677 n INVENSYS CLIMATE CONTROLS ICC- HIMC7 -01 HOT SURFACE IGNITION, IFC DO .Oa DO FIGURE 45 ISOLATION RELAY 0 0 ei 1 0 FURNACE CONTROL BOARD ST- A0804 -01 41 fireplace, sun rays, lamps, televisions, radios or air streams from registers. Refer to instructions packed with the thermostat for "heater" selection or adjustment. ACCESSORIES FIELD- INSTALLED OPTION ACCESSORIES ELECTRONIC AIR CLEANER Line voltage power can be supplied from the screw terminal "EAC" and a line voltage neutral screw terminal on the control board.!This will power the electronic air cleaner whenever the circulating air blower is in operation. HUMIDIFIER Line voltage power can be supplied from screw terminal "HUM" to a line voltage neutral screw terminal on the control board. This will power the humidifier whenever the burner is on and the circulating air blower is operating in the heating mode. NOTE: Maximumicurrent — 1.0 amps for each option. ALTERNATE (LEFT SIDE) DRAIN KIT - RXGY -H01 (DOWNFLOW MODELS ONLY) 42 FURNACE TWINNING INSTALLATIONS Twinning operation of two furnaces, installed side -by -side, connected by a common duct system with main power supplied by the same source, and controlled by a common thermostat can be done with the UT Electronic Controls 1028 -928 integrated control boards. IMPORTANT: Only twin furnaces with identical control boards. IMPORTANT: Only bottom returns can be used. No more than two furnaces can share the same supply and return. Furnaces must have same heating and blower capacity. Twinning furnaces must operate off the same phase of power. It should be noted that both blowers will run simultaneously when there is a call for heating, cooling or fan. The "OK" LED will flash if twinning is not set up properly. NOTE: Duct system must be adequate to provide correct airflow to each furnace for supply and return. UT ELECTRONIC CONTROLS 1028 -928 CONTROL BOARD 1. Single Stage Operation (See Figure 46) a. Control board "ONE" is on furnace connected to the thermostat. b. The 24 VAC supply to both control boards must be in phase with each other. c. Connect the "C," "W' and "TWIN" terminals to counterparts on each control. d. Both control boards must have switch #3 in the "ON" position. 2. Two Stage Operation (See Figure 47) a. Follow above instructions. Connect "W2" on thermostat to "W' on control board "TWO." FIGURE 46 UT Electronic Controls 1028 -928 CONTROL BOARD, TWINNING CONNECTION — SINGLE STAGE OPERATION • - I - n O n Z O O D E- n —1 z OC) L , — — — 0 (0 a ON 1 2 i w w O 2 0 I3A FUSEI Control Board 2 SEC COM n n De® 10.@a DOO u u ®�O ti G -J 13 co z ®a LL U 43 FIGURE 47 UT ELECTRONIC CONTROLS 1028 -928 CONTROL BOARD, TWINNING CONNECTION - TWO -STAGE OPERATION n � Oh Z0 -+ o D Z O L - I rt I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 44 ALTERNATE METHOD FOR CANADIAN HIGH - ALTITUDE DERATE In Canada, unless an orifice change is specifically mandated by local codes, an alternate method of altitude deration through a reduction in manifold pressure is acceptable as described in Table 8. The information in Table 8 is based on a heating value of 1000 BTU per cubic feet of natural gas, and 2500 BTU per cubic feet of LP gas. IMPORTANT: Actual input rates must be measured on -site with manifold pressure adjustment to ensure that an actual 10% reduction in input rate is achieved. Once this field adjustment has been made, the label shown in Figure 48 must be affixed in a conspicuous location on the front of the furnace cabinet: NOTE: This label is supplied in the information packet shipped with each furnace. TABLE 7 ALTERNATE METHOD FOR CANADIAN HIGH - ALTITUDE DERATE IMPORTANT: 90 Plus Models only. Do 1141 use this chart for any 80 Plus Models NATURAL GAS ALTITUDE INPUT OUTPUT ORIFICE SIZE MANIFOLD PRESSURE 45,000 40,500 60,000 54,000 0' - 2000' 75,000 90,000 67,500 81,000 #50 3.5' W.C. 105,000 94,500 120,000 108,000 40,500 36.450 54,000 48,600 2001' -4500' 67,500 81,000 60,750 72,900 650 3.0' W.C. 94,500 85,050 108,000 97,200 LP GAS ALTITUDE INPUT OUTPUT ORIFICE SIZE MANIFOLD PRESSURE 45,000 40,500 60,000 54,000 0' - 2000' 75,000 90,000 67,500 81,000 1 15mm 10' W.C. 105,000 94,500 120,000 108,000 40,500 36,450 54,000 48,600 2001' - 4500' 67,500 81,000 60,750 72,900 1.15mm 7.6' W.C. 94,500 85,050 108,000 97,200 FIGURE 48 MANIFOLD PRESSURE - CHANGE LABEL THE MANIFOLD PRESSURE OF THIS APPLIANCE HAS BEEN FIELD ADJUSTED TO OBTAIN THE CORRECT INPUT RATING FOR INSTALLATION AT ALTITUDES BETWEEN 2,000 FEET AND 4,500 FEET ELEVATION. LA PRESSION DU DISTRIBUTEUR D'ALIMENTATION DE CET APPAREIL A ETE AJUSTE SUR LES LIEUX AFIN D'OBTENIR LA BONNE PUISSANCE D'ENTREE POUR UNE INSTALLATION ENTRE 2000 ET 4500 PIEDS D'ALTITUDE. 92- 24399 -01 -01 45 START -UP PROCEDURES This furnace is equipped with a direct ignition device. Each time the room thermostat calls for heat, the ignitor lights the main burners directly. See the lighting instructions on the furnace. TO START THE FURNACE 1. Remove the burner compartment control access door. 2. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the manual gas control has been in the "OFF" position for at least five minutes. Do not attempt to manually light the main burners. 3. Turn off the furnace electrical power and set the room thermostat to its lowest setting. 4. Turn the gas control knob to the "ON" position or move the gas control lever to the "On" position. 5. Replace the burner compartment control access door. 6. Turn on the furnace electrical power. 7. Set the room thermostat to a point above room temperature to light the main burners. 8. After the burners are lit, set the room thermostat to a desired temperature. TO SHUT DOWN THE FURNACE 1. Set the room thermostat to its lowest setting and wait for furnace to shut down. 2. Remove the burner compartment control access door. 3. Shut off the gas to the main burners by turning the gas control knob to the "OFF" position. See Figure 37. A WARNING SHOULD OVERHEATING OCCUR OR THE GAS SUPPLY FAIL TO SHUT OFF, CLOSE THE MANUAL GAS VALVE FOR THE APPLIANCE BEFORE SHUTTING OFF THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE RESULTING IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. 46 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION UT Electronic Controls Direct Spark Ignition 1. Each time the thermostat contacts close, the induced draft blower (inducer) begins a prepurge cycle. 2. The air proving negative pressure switch(es) closes. 3. 30 seconds after the pressure switch(es) close, the spark igniter energizes. The induced draft blower operates for the complete heating cycle. 4. After the spark igniter energizes, the gas valve opens for a 8 second trial for ignition. 5. The igniter lights the gas burners. 6. After the gas valve opens the flame sensor must prove flame ignition for one second using the process of flame rectification. If the burners don't light, the system goes through another ignition sequence. It does this up to four times. 7. The main blower starts 20 seconds after the burners ignite. 8. When the thermostat cycle ends, the gas valve doses, the burners go out, the induced draft blower stops after a 10- second post - purge, and the negative pressure switch(es) open. 9. The main blower continues until timed off by the setting on the integrated furnace control board. Sequence if the system doesn't Tight or doesn't sense flame: 1. On a call for heat, the control runs the inducer for 30 seconds to pre - purge. 2. After the 30- second pre - purge, the spark igniter energizes. The inducer continues to run. 3. After the spark igniter energizes, the gas valve opens for an 8- second trial for ignition. The inducer continues and the igniter stays energized. 4. If flame is not sensed within 8 seconds after the gas valve opens, the gas valve closes, the igniter de- energizes and: 5. The inducer completes a 10- second post - purge, the inducer stops, and the control verifies that the pressure switch has opened. Once the open pressure switch is confirmed, the control begins the next ignition cycle by energizing the inducer for a pre -purge of 30 seconds. After the pre - purge, the igniter energizes and the gas valve opens (inducer continues to run). If no flame is sensed on the second attempt, the control goes into a "self- healing" mode, in which the blower and the inducer run for 3 minutes before another ignition attempt is made. NOTE: The following applies only to units manufactured before third Quarter 2003: After a 30- second inter -purge (inducer runs continuously), the igniter is energized, and the gas valve opens for 8 seconds. If flame is not sensed in 8 seconds, the gas valve is closed and the igniter de- energizes. If no flame is sensed on this second attempt, the control goes into a "self- healing" mode, in which the blower and inducer run for 3 minutes before another ignition attempt is made. 6. The control attempts to ignite up to four times (first attempt followed by three retries). After the fourth failure to ignite, the control goes into a one -hour "soft- lockout" during which the control will not respond to the thermostat heat call (W). The lockout can be reset by shutting off main power to the furnace for five seconds, or by turning the heat call (W) from the thermostat off and then back on. 7. The above sequence will repeat after a one hour delay. It will continue repeating until ignition is successful or the call for heat is terminated. 8. To reset the lock out, make and break power either at the thermostat or at the unit disconnect switch for 5 to 10 seconds. It then goes through another set of trials for ignition. ADJUSTING OR CHECKING FURNACE INPUT The maximum gas supply pressure to the furnace should be 7" w.c. for natural gas. The minimum gas supply pressure for purposes of input adjustment to the furnace should be 5" w.c. A properly calibrated magnehelic gauge or manometer is required for accurate gas pressure readings. The manifold pressure should be set at 3.5" w.c. for natural gas. Only small variations in the gas flow should be made by means of the pressure regulator adjustment. In no case should the final manifold pressure vary more than plus or minus 0.3" w.c. from the above - specified pressures. To adjust the pressure regulator, remove the regulator cap and turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or counterclockwise to decrease pressure. Then replace the regulator cap securely. Any necessary major changes in the gas flow rate should be made by changing the size of the burner orifices. To change orifice spuds, shut off the manual gas valve and remove the gas manifold. On LP gas furnaces, the LP gas supply pressure must be set between 11" and 14" w.c. by means of the tank or branch supply regulators. The furnace manifold pressure should be set at 10" w.c. at the gas control valve. For elevations up to 2,000 feet, rating plate input ratings apply. For high altitudes (elevations over 2,000 ft.), see conversion kit index for derating and orifice spud sizes. Checking furnace input is important to prevent over firing beyond its design -rated input. NEVER SET INPUT ABOVE THAT SHOWN ON THE RATING PLATE. Use the following table or formula to determine input rate. Start the furnace and measure the time required to burn one cubic foot of gas. Prior to checking the furnace input, make certain that all other gas appliances are shut off, with the exception of pilot burners. Time the meter with only the furnace in operation. TABLE 8 METER TIME METER TIME IN MINUTES AND SECONDS FOR NORMAL INPUT RATING OF FURNACES EQUIPPED FOR NATURAL OR LP GAS INPUT BTU/HR METER SIZE CU. FT. HEATING VALUE OF GAS BTU PER CU. FT. 900 1000 1040 1100 2500 (LP) MIN. SEC. MIN. SEC. MIN. SEC. MIN. SEC. MIN. SEC. 45,000 ONE TEN 1 12 12 0 1 13 20 20 1 13 23 50 1 14 28 40 3 33 20 20 60,000 ONE TEN 0 9 54 0 1 10 0 0 1 10 3 24 1 11 6 0 2 25 30 0 75,000 ONE TEN 0 7 44 12 0 8 48 0 0 8 50 19 0 8 53 48 2 20 0 0 90,000 ONE TEN 0 6 36 0 0 6 40 40 0 7 42 0 0 7 44 20 1 16 40 40 105,000 ONE TEN 0 5 31 10 0 5 34 40 0 6 36 0 0 6 38 20 1 14 26 20 120,000 ONE TEN 0 4 27 30 0 5 30 0 0 5 31 10 0 5 33 30 1 12 15 30 Formula: Input BTU /HR - Heating Value of Gas BTU/FT) x 3600 x correction factor Time in Seconds (for 1 cu. ft ) of Gas SETTING INPUT RATE The furnace is shipped from the factory with #50 orifices. They are sized for natural gas having a heating value of 1075 BTU /cu. ft. and a specific gravity of .60. Since heating values vary geo- graphically, the manifold pressure and /or gas orifice size may need to be changed to adjust the furnace to its nameplate input. Consult the local gas utility to obtain the yearly average heating value and orifice size required to fire each individual burner at 15,000 BTU /HR. NOTE: Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code for high altitude rate adjustment above 2,000 ft. 47 'AIR FLOW The importance of proper air flow over the heat exchanger cannot be over emphasized. A CAUTION IT IS IMPORTANT THAT EACH DUCT SYSTEM BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION BY PROPERLY APPLYING THE APPROPRIATE INDUSTRY ACCEPTED STANDARD. IF LESS THAN MINIMUM STANDARDS ARE APPLIED, THE EQUIPMENT USER COULD EXPECT TO EXPERIENCE HIGHER UTILITY BILLS, MAJOR COMPONENT FAILURE, VARYING DEGREES OF AIR NOISE OR OTHER UNSATISFACTORY ISSUES, OVER WHICH THE MANUFACTURER HAS NO CONTROL. TEMPERATURE RISE CHECK To determine if the air flow is correct, make a temperature rise check. 1. Insert a thermometer in the supply air duct as close to the furnace as possible yet out of a direct line from the heat exchanger. See Figure 49. 2. Insert a thermometer in the return air duct as close to the furnace as possible. 3. Operate the furnace. 4. When the thermometer in the supply air duct stops rising (approximately five minutes), subtract the return air temperature from the supply air temperature. The difference is the temperature rise. 5. Compare the measured temperature rise to the approved temperature rise range listed on the furnace name plate. See Figure 50. If the measured temperature rise is above the approved range, the air flow is too low. More air must be moved by speeding up the blower, by removing restrictions in the duct system,,or by adding more supply or return air duct. If the measured temperature rise is below the approved range, the air flow is too much. Use lower speed tap on the multi -speed blower. A WARNING THE MEASURED TEMPERATURE RISE SHOULD BE AS CLOSE TO THE MIDDLE OF THE STATED RANGE AS POSSIBLE. FOR EXAMPLE, IF THE RISE RANGE IS 40 TO 70 DEGREES, THE MOST IDEAL RISE WOULD BE 55 DEGREES (THE MIDDLE OF THE RISE RANGE). IN ALL APPLICATIONS, THE 48 FIGURE 49 TEMPERATURE RISE MEASUREMENT INSTALLER MUST ADJUST THE TEMPERATURE RISE TO THIS "MIDDLE" POINT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. ALSO, THE TEMPERATURE RISE SHOULD NEVER BE ABOVE OR FALL BELOW THE STATED RANGE. DOING SO COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HEAT EXCHANGER OR INTERMITTENT OPERATION WHICH COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH AND WILL VOID THE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY FOR THIS PRODUCT. FIGURE TYPICAL 50 FURNACE NAME PLATE AIR CONDITIONING DIVISION FORT SMITH, ARKANSAS pcucr ��' •SA MODEL NO/NUME?.0 OE MOCELE: SERIAL NOINUMERO DE SERIE. CATEGORY N FORCED AIR FURNACE WHEN USING INDOOR AIR FOR FSP DIRECT VENT FORCED AIR FURNACE WHEN USING OUTDOOR AIR INSTALLATION ONLY. IN A BUILDING CONSTRUCTED ON -SITE. CATEGORIE 1/ GENERATEUP. D'AIR CHAUD A AIR FORCEE LORSOVE DE POURR, LA COMEUSItOH .CATEdPRIE .)V,..TYPE FSP EVACUATION, DIRECTE AIR FCRCEE'LORSOJE DE LAIR EXTEPIEUR -EST EMPLOYE'. POUR LA. COMBUSfK)N;,POUR A•LINT'31_IER'.SEULEMENT.QANS UN •BATIMENT CONSTRUTTSUR LE SITE. ELECTRIC 115 V. 60 HZ. 1 PH., MAXIMUM TOTAL INPUT 6.3 AMPS ELECTSIOUE • 115 V 60 H2 1 PH, PUISSA7v'CE O'ENTPEE TOTALS M4AXJMLJa7 MAXIMUM O'VERCURRENT PROTECTION 15 AMPERES, OISJONCTEtjR A MAXIMA 10URLY INPUT RATING FIOL7<RLY INPUT: RATING DEBIT CALORSFQUE 'DEBIT CALORIFOUE ,MAXIMUM ME4MU:I BaYM • (Ks 1 BtILM • (KW) uw�ww ouanr ►rnroTOUrc• e vaarnaug MFG. DATE COMBUSTION. CATEGORY N TYPE FOR COTABUSTION. FOR INDOOR LAIR INTERIEUR EST EMPLOYE GENERATEUR .0/4R ;CHAUD A INSTALLATION ' ' - 6.3 A. 15.A. FACTORY EOUIPPED' FOR. AGENCE. A L'USINE FOUR FOR GAS / GAZ 75000 (21 96) NATURAL 1 NATUREL ••PLEASE RE -ER 70 BOOKLET 092-101525-01 FOR INPUT CALCULATIONS IN THE U S . AT ELEVATIONS ABOVE 2000 FT. {6101.0, DEBATE THE INPUT 4% PEEP 000 FT (305M10 ABOVE SEA LEVEL THIS AFPUA,NCE EQUIPPED FOR ALTITUDES / CET APPAREIL EST ECCIPE POUR ALtRUO_S COMPRISES ENTIRE 0- 2.000/ (0 -610) FT.9.4)/PIEDS(M) ORIFICE / INJECTEUR 50 DMS NATURAL CAS/ LP GAS 07 PROP{ :r.4R SEITINGUMIIE COUPE - CIRCUIT 197 (88' ) ' FC 0) GAZ NATUREL CAZ DE FETROLE AUXILIARY UMIT SETTING/ LICUEFIE OU PROP. UNITE COUPE- CIRCUIT A.NCILIAIRE 'FCC) IN. WC.(14Pa/ N. VW.C.(LPap PO C.E. (`444) PO 0.5 14741 MAXRAIJM PERMISSIBLE GAS SUPPLY PRESSURE TO FURNACE 10 5 (2 61) 13 0 (3.23) PRESSION MAXIMUM °'ALIMENTATION EN GAZ A CHA.UDIERZ 105 (261) 13.0 (3.23) MdNr.4UM GAS SUPPLY PRESSURE FOR PURPOSES OF INPUT ADJUSTMENT 50 (1 24) 11.0 (2.73) PRESSION MINIMUM D'ALILIENTATON EN GAZ POUR LE REGLAGE DE PUISSANCE °ENTREE 5.0 (7.24) 110 (2.72) 'AANIFOLD PRESSURE / P'.�E551ON A LA TJSULU77_ 3.5 (067) 100 (2.49) AIR TEM?EPATURE RISE/ AUGMENIAT!ONDE LA EMPEATUREDE LAIR 2E' (25' )- 75' 02'1' 1 (C ) MAXIMUM EXTEPNAL STATIC PRESSURE SLOWER/ MOTOR PRESSION STATIOLJE EXT RIEURE MAXWMAL SOUFFLEVR FOP.CE INCHES W C. (1P)-P0 C.E (4'0 INCH (mm)/i'0 (mm) HP (t' .12 (.0301 11-7 (279 -178) .50 (.125) 11 -7 (279 - 178) 1/2 (373) 12 (373) 91-22176-09. I ASSEMBLED IN THE USA TABLE 10 90 PLUS AIR FLOW PERFORMANCE - ( -)GRC & ( -)GTC MODELS Model Motor HP [W] Blower Size IN [MM] CFM Air Delivery External Static Pressure, Water Column Spd Tap 0.1" 0.2" 0.3" 0.4" 0.5" 0.6" 0.7" (- )GRC -04 EMAES 1/2 [373] 11 x 7 [279 x 178] Low 805 780 760 720 685 645 605 Med. Lo 920 885 850 810 775 730 690 Med. Hi 1140 1110 1085 1045 1010 950 890 High 1360 1320 1280 1235 1195 1140 1080 (- )GRC -06 EMAES 1/2 [373] 11 x 7 [279 x 178] Low' 770 740 710 675 645 605 570 Med. Lo 880 845 815 790 760 715 670 Med. Hi 1060 1025 990 960 926 880 835 High 1260 1215 1175 1135 1100 1040 985 (- )GRC -07 EMAES 1/2 [373] 11 x 7 [279 x178] Low' 780 745 710 675 640 595 555 Med. Lo 880 850 825 785 750 702 655 Med. Hi 1090 1050 1010 970 925 875 825 High . 1300 1255 1210 1160 1110 1055 1005 (- )GRC -07 ERBGS 1/2 [373] 11 x 10 [279 x 254] Low* 1115 1091 1067 1044 1020 984 948 Med. Lo 1326 1315 1304 1270 1236 1197 1157 Med. Hi 1535 1512 1488 1453 1418 1373 1327. High 1765 1723 1681 1639 1596 1544 1492 (- )GRC -09 EZAJS 3/4 [559] 12 x 11 [305 x 279] Low' 1199 1183 1167 1132 1097 1062 1026 Med. Lo 1442 1416 1390 1360 1329 1288 1247 Med. Hi 1666 1637 1606 1654 1501 1456 1407 High 2040 1993 1946 1888 1829 1758 1686 (- )GRC -10 EZAJS 3/4 [559] 12 x11 [305 x 279] Low' 1230 1205 1160 1155 1130 1090 1050 Med. Lo 1490 1445 1405 1375 1350 1295 1240 Med. Hi 1710 1665 1620 1570 1540 1475 1410 High 2010 1955 1900 ■ 1855 1810 1710 1610 (- )GTC -04 EMAES 1/2 [373] 11 x 7 [279 x 178] Low* 794 765 735 • 704 672 633 594 Med. Lo 890 866 842 811 779 750 721 Med. Hi 1110 1084 1057 1023 989 946 902 High 1383 1350 1317 1274 1230 1171 1112 (- )GTC -06 EMAES 1/2 [373] 11 x 7 [279 x 178] Low* 816 792 767 739 711 686 661 Med. Lo 924 895 866 832 798 754 710 Med. Hi 1164 1122 1080 1044 1008 966 923 High 1409 1367 1325 1284 1242 1195 1148 (- )GTC -07 ERBGS 1/2 [373] 11 x 10 [279 x 254] Low' 1126 1097 1068 1036 1003 963 923 Med. Lo 1338 1309 1280 1253 1225 1185 1145 Med. Hi 1555 1516 1477 1440 1402 1349 1295 High 1743 1696 1649 1604 1559 1501 1442 (- )GTC -09 EZAJS 3/4 [559] 12 x 11 [305 x 279] Low' 1213 1196 _ 1179 1158 v 1136 1108 1079 Med. Lo 1504 1474 1443 1415 1387 1348 1308 Med. Hi 1734 1698 1662 1621 1579 1526 1472 High 2111 2059 2007 1946 1885 1821 1756 (- )GTC -10 ERBJS 3/4 [559] 11 x 10 [279 x 254] Low* 1324 1309 1294 1272 1250 1221 1191 Med. Lo 1617 1595 1573 1533 1493 1448 1402 Med. HI 1842 1812 1781 1728 1674 1619 1564 High 2204 2153 2102 2040 1977 1905 1833 NOTE: CFM values represent furnace -only airflow ratings. 49 SETTING BLOWER TIMINGS The Honeywell UT ELECTRONIC CONTROLS andl Invensys Climate Controls IFC'S (Integrated Furnace Controls) have three or four quick connect terminals for connecting the motor speed leads. These are: 1. FAN SPEED — motor runs on this speed when the thermostat is in the "FAN ON" position. 2. COOL — connect desired cooling speed. 3. HEAT — connect desired heating speed. 4. HEAT /COOL (not available on UT Electronic Controls- 1028 -925 control board) or Invensys Climate Controls ICC-H1MC7-01 — connect desired speed when heating and cooling speed are the same. IMPORTANT: Do not connect any motor speeds to "HEAT" and "COOL" if you use the "HEAT /COOL" terminal. 5. If heating and continuous fan speed are the same, "piggyback" jumper across "FAN" and "HEAT" terminals. See Figures 51, 52 & 53 for instructions for setting the blower "OFF" timings. If cooling speed and fan speed are desired to be the same, this may be accomplished by not connecting "Y" to the integrated furnace control. If desired for cool, fan and heat to all be the same speed, then "piggyback" jumper "H /C" to "FAN" and do not connect "Y" to the integrated furnace control. Do not connect anything to "H "or "C" 50 FIGURE UT BLOWER 51 Electronic OFF Controls TIMINGS 1028 -928 (TIMER IS RED BLOCK ON BOARD) 1335 OFF TIME SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 90 SEC. OFF ON ON 1 2 3 180 SEC. ON ON 000 NOTE: SWITCH 318 USED FOR J V, TWINNING APPUCAT1ONS. Z N 1402 OFF TIME SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 90 SEC. OFF ON 120 SEC. OFF OFF 160 SEC. ON OFF 180 SEC. ON ON FIGURE 52 UT Electronic Controls 1012 -925A & Invensys Climate Controls ICC -H1 MC7 BLOWER OFF TIMINGS ON 111 I MI 1 I MI 2 (TIMER IS RED BLOCK ON BOARD) 1335 OFF TIME SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 90 SEC. OFF ON 120 SEC. OFF OFF 160 SEC. ON OFF 180 SEC. ON ON FIGURE 53 UT Electronic Controls 1012 -925B BLOWER OFF TIMINGS 90 160 90 SEC. JUMPER 90 160 120 SEC. P4 90E 160i 120 _1 J180 JUMPER 160 SEC. 90 160 P4 1.11 80 JUMPER 180 SEC. GAS FURNACE (DIRECT DRIVE) INSTRUCTIONS FOR CHANGING BLOWER SPEED A WARNING DISCONNECT THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO THE FURNACE BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO CHANGE THE BLOWER SPEED. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. The blower motor is wired for blower speeds required for normal operation as shown. If additional blower speed taps are available (leads connected to "M1" and "M2" on the electronic control), speeds may be changed if necessary to fit requirements of the particular installation. Reconnect the unused motor leads to "M1" or "M2." Check motor lead color for speed designation. Heating speeds should not be reduced where it could cause the furnace air temperature to rise to exceed the maximum outlet air temperature specified for the unit. IMPORTANT: Always check air temperature rise after changing the heating speed for any reason. MAINTENANCE A WARNING THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE INTENDED AS AN AID TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT. READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY BEFORE ATTEMPTING INSTALLATION OR OPERATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN IMPROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE, POSSIBLY RESULTING IN FIRE, ELECTRICAL SHOCK, CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, EXPLOSION, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. DISCONNECT MAIN ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE UNIT BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY MAINTE- NANCE. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. TABLE 9 FILTER SIZES UPFLDW FILTER SIZES FURNACE INPUT BOTTOM SIDE WIDTH MBTUH SIZE SIZE QUANTITY 171" 45, 60, 75 153/4' X 25" 153/4" X 25" 21" 90, 105 191/4" X 25" 153/4" X 25" 1 1 DOWNFLOW FILTER SIZES FURNACE INPUT SIZE QUANTITY WIDTH MBTUH 171/4" 45, 60, 75 12" X 20" 21" 90 12 "X20" 241/2" 105 14" X 20" 2 2 2 FILTERS Keep the filters clean at all times. Vacuum dirt from filter, wash with detergent and water, air dry thoroughly and reinstall. Keep the filters clean at all times. Vacuum dirt from filter, wash with detergent and water, air dry thoroughly and reinstall. NOTE: Some filters must be resized to fit certain units and applications. See Table 11 and Figures 54 and 55. 1. 21" - 90,000 & 105,000 BTUH units require removal of a 3.5 -in. segment of filter and frame to get the proper width for a side filter. 2. 24.5" - 105,000 BTUH unit requires removal of a 7" segment of filter and frame to get the proper width for a side filter. A CAUTION DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM FOR EXTENDED PERIODS WITHOUT FILTERS. A PORTION OF THE DUST FIGURE 54 BOTTOM PANEL REMOVAL SOUD BOTTOM JACKET ASSEMBLY JACKET ASSEMBLY SCREW (2) REQ'D. NOTE: BACK FLANGE OF SOUD BOTTOM FITS UNDERNEATH JACKET. SIDES AND FRONT FLANGES FIT OVER FLANGES ON JACKET. SOLID BOTTOM REMOVAL FILTER FILTER & ROD LOCATION FILTER ROD 51 FIGURE 55 FILTER LOCATIONS JACKET UPFLOW DRILL (2) 3/16" DIA. HOLES ,1 JI "CUT -OUT USING I: • EMBOSSED ANGLES I 11 AS A GUIDE FOR • o PROPER SIZE - VV i' 8.000 4.875 CUT -OUT AND DRILL DETAIL 1.531 JACKET ANGLE JACKET ANGLE DETAIL ATTACH WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS (2 REQOD) FILTER ROD SUPPORT ANGLE FILTER SUPPORT ANGLE (SEE ANGLE DETAIL) ROD & FILTER SUPPORT ANGLE ASSEMBLY DOWNFLOW JACKET FILTER ROD SUPPORT ANGLE FILTER SUPPORT ANGLE HORIZONTAL FILTER AND ROD ASSEMBLY FILTER FILTER ROD 45- 24095 -01 1332 1528 52 ENTRAINED IN THE AIR MAY TEMPORARILY LODGE IN THE AIR DUCT RUNS AND AT THE SUPPLY REGISTERS. ANY RECIRCULATED DUST PARTICLES WILL BE HEATED AND CHARRED BY CONTACT WITH THE FURNACE HEAT EXCHANGER. THIS RESIDUE WILL SOIL CEILINGS, WALLS, DRAPES, CARPETS AND OTHER . HOUSEHOLD ARTICLES. LUBRICATION IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to lubricate the bearings on the blower motor or the induced draft blower motor. Addition of lubricants can reduce the motor life and void the warranty. The blower motor and induced draft blower motor are permanently lubricated by the manufacturer and do not require further attention. The blower motor and induced draft blower motor must be cleaned periodically by a qualified installer, service agency, or the gas supplier to prevent the possibility of overheating due to an accumulation of dust and dirt on the windings or on the motor exterior. And, as suggested elsewhere in these instructions, the air filters should be kept clean. Dirty filters can restrict airflow. The motor depends upon sufficient air flowing across and through it to keep from overheating. SYSTEM OPERATION INFORMATION Advise The Customer 1. Keep the air filters clean. The heating system will operate better, more efficiently and more economically. 2. Arrange the furniture and drapes so that the supply air registers and the return air grilles are unobstructed. 3. Close doors and windows. This will reduce the heating load on the system. 4. Avoid excessive use of kitchen exhaust fans. 5. Do not permit the heat generated by television, lamps or radios to influence the thermostat operation. 6. Except for the mounting platform, keep all combustible articles 3 feet from the furnace and vent system. 7. IMPORTANT: Replace all blower doors and compartment covers after servicing the furnace. Do not operate the unit without all panels and doors securely in place. 8. Explain proper operation of the system with constant air circulation. ANNUAL INSPECTION • The furnace should operate for many years without excessive scale build -up in the flue passageways. However, it is recommended that a qualified installer, service agency, or the gas supplier annually inspect the flue passageways, the vent system and the main burners for continued safe operation. Pay particular attention to deterioration from corrosion or other sources. • IMPORTANT: It is recommended that at the beginning and at approximately half way through the heating season, a visual inspection be made of the main burner flames for the desired flame appearance by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. If the flames are distorted and /or there is evidence of back pressure, check the vent and inlet air system for blockage. If there is carbon and scale in the heat exchanger tubes, the heat exchanger assembly should be replaced. A WARNING HOLES IN THE VENT PIPE OR HEAT EXCHANGER CAN CAUSE TOXIC FUMES TO ENTER THE HOME, RESULTING IN CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING OR DEATH. THE VENT PIPE OR HEAT EXCHANGER MUST BE REPLACED IF THEY LEAK. • IMPORTANT: It is recommended that at the beginning of the heating season, the flame sensor be cleaned with steel wool by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. • IMPORTANT: It is recommended that at the beginning of the heating season, the condensate trap be inspected for debris or blockage. A blocked condensate trap can cause water to back up into the primary heat exchanger and lead to nuisance tripping of the overtemperature switches. • IMPORTANT: It is recommended that at the beginning of the heating season, the condensate neutralizer if used be replaced by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. • IMPORTANT: It is recommended that an annual inspection and cleaning of all furnace markings be made to assure legibility. Attach a replacement marking, which can be obtained through the distributor, if any are found to be illegible or missing. REPLACEMENT PARTS See sheet enclosed with furnace for replacement part information. TROUBLESHOOTING Refer to Figures 56 for determining cause of unit problems. WIRING DIAGRAMS Figures 57 through 60 are complete wiring diagrams for the furnace and power sources. 53 FIGURE 56 (- )GRC /( -)GTC MODELS W /INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL (IFC) UT Electronic Controls 1012 -925 (115 VAC IGNITER) INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL (IFC) TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE NOTE: Most failures are not due 10 the IFC. Double check all other possibilities, including the ground connection, before replacing the IFC. NOTE Always verity gas valve inlet and outlet gas pressure. START 1 Set FAN switch to 'AUTO" 2 Set thermostat to call for heat (set temp. differ- ential to greater than 101 PREPURGE Does the IDM Energize? I NO YES w Check IFC• . FLAME (AMBER) LED CODES OFF = No Flame Present RAPID BLINK = Unexpected Flame' SLOW BLINK = Marginal Flame Sense STEADY ON = Normal Flame Sense "POWER' LED 0N? NI YES 24V on W to IFC? YES N Is "STATUS' LED blinking, OFF steady-on. or off? WARNING HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING. SERVICE MUST BE BY A TRAINED. OUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN. - Check 2411 at IFC. - Check Fuse. Check Door Switch and Line Power. - Check Transformer. - Check Breaker. - Check thermostat in "heat' mode, battery, wire, and connections. STEADY -ON BLINKING - Check line voltage at IDM. - Check wires and connections between IDM and IFC. - Ensure line voltage on IDM pins of IFC connector. • Check 1DM capacitor (90. only). CHECK BLINK CODES - Check for open limit or limit circuit. - Check for intermittent P5 operation. • Check for vent restrictions. - Ensure vent lengths not excessive or too small diameter. - Check for blocked heat exchanger. IDM Runs for 30 sec. pre- purge? YES IGNITION TRIAL', NO Spark Ignitor Elect ode (SE) Energizes or HSI Ignit r Glowing? YES I SEE BLINK CODES I Check WC' Does IDM run indefinatey. NO Does IDM Run for 60 sec. and then off for Five minutes BEY TO ABBREVIATIONS IBM = Indoor Blower Motor IDM = Induced Draft Motor IFC = Integrated Furnace Control PS = Pressure Switch(es) SE = Spark Electrode HSI = Hot - Surface Ignition 051 = Direct -Spark Ignition BLINK CODES (GREEN LED) 1 Blink - Soft lockout Reset System power and start over from beginning 2 Blinks - PS Circuit open go to polnt 3 Blinks - Limit circuit open go to point "D." 4 Blinks - PS Circuit closed Go to point "G." 5 Blinks - Twin Fault (Optional) 'Go to point H. - Check PS contacts - Check wires for short. - Check IFC'. - Check switches and hoses for water or moisture - For Twinned units, check that both IFCs are set for "TWIN" and wires are connected between "TWIN" terminals. - Check IFC'. - For twinned units, ensure transformers are in phase. - FOf out of phase, flame LED will be dim). or non - twinned units, ensure "TWIN" is in the single (OFF) position. - For Twinned units — ensure both IFC's have same part number. YES YES IBM "ON" DELAY Does Main Burner Light and stay lit? YES NO FOR SPARK IGNITION - Check SE wire & connections. - Clean SE with sandpaper. Replace SE if necessary. - If problem persists. check IFC•. - Check SE gas and proper SE ground. - Check SE wire for spark arcing to metal before electrode. FOR HOT SURFACE IGNITION - Check ignitor connected. - Check ignitor wires. • Check ignitor resistance. If open circuit, low or high resistance, replace. - Check ignitor for fractures or cracking - Check ignitor placement. - If problem persists, check IFC'. NO Does IBM start on h at speed 20 seconds after bur ers'Ilght? Is the gas valve energized? NO STEADY HEAT YES Does main hum r remain lit until heat ca I ends? NO NO YES Does thermostat mai tain reasonable room temperature near setpoint? NO YES It "I" did not resolve issue. - Check PS, PS Hoses, and wires. - Check for blocked vent, excessive vent tength or elbows, or blocked heat exchanger. • Check IDM wired correctly. - Ensure against excessive wind, which can open pressure switch - II downflow 90., check aux. limit — shoud be closed - Check for intermittent P S operation - Check switches and hoses for water or moisture. f O - Check gas supply and manifold pressure. - Ensure Ll and Neutral not swapped on IFC and junction box. - Check SE alignment. - Check orifice or other restrictions to gas flow. - Check flame sense rod (clean with sandpaper). - Check flame carry over. - Check line voltage between "HEAT" and "NEUTRAL" on IFC. - Check wires, connections, and continuity between IFC and IBM. - Check IBM capacitor. - Check IBM. Is Limit circuit or IDM wire through aux. limit open or opening and closing? Note: IFC Status LED should be blinking a Fault Code 3 YES NO - Check wires, continuity, and connection between IFC and gas valve. - Ensure 24 V between appropriate pins on connector of IFC. - Ensure manual switch on valve Is In the "ON" position. • 90, check aux. limit open? Should be closed - 90. upflow models — check drain pressure switch between IFC and gas valve — should be closed — replace drain pressure switch if drain Is not blocked or clear drain if blocked. - Did a pressure switch open during ignition trial? Ifyes, go to - Did a limit open during ignition trial? It yes, go to V NOTE: If IFC goes into lockout ( "STATUS LED will blink code "1 "), shut off main power to unit, wait 30 seconds and then reset power. YES - - - - -7 out? NO YES Is the IFC sensing a good flame: NOTE' Flame sense light should be steady-on when bumers are lit. If flame LED blinking, or off, flame sense is low or absent CHECK: AIRFLOW - ensure no restrictions, such as dirty filter, dampers, closed registers, etc. I IMITS - ensure good wire and connections between IFC and all limits. Make sure limits are not open when circulating air temperature is within a specified range. ROLLOUTS - ensure rollouts or overtemperature limits do not need to be reset. Make sure no flame rollout in burner compartment due to blocked flu or heat exchanger. OVFRFIRF - ensure furnace is not overtemperature (temp rise is above stated range). Check gas valve. proper orifice size, gas pressure, etc. END HEAT CALLi YES Set thermostat to oft position (W to C = OV) II POST -PURGE if YES I Does as valve shut on Immediately?' NO YES IDoes IDM shut oft after ten second post IBM "OFF" DELAY YES y (Does IBM shut off after a max. of 3 min ? IN STEADY OFF END Heat -mode troubleshooting Ensure thermostat is properly placed and not improperly affected by registers, fans, sunlight, heat through walls, pipes, or wires In walls. 3N0 CHECK: - emu ding on IFC and unit. - chec for proper polarity between 11 & neutral. - flam sense rod (clean 11 necessary). - wire ontinualy between flame sense rod and appropriate pin of conn ctor on IFC - flame carries across all burners, and all burners stay lit. 100 Double check - Is W off at IFC? (W toC =OV ?) I - Check IFC - A YES YES Purge? N�—� Voltage present at gas valve? Ensure TSTAT is not in "FAN' position. "STATUS" LED Is 'STATUS" LED blinking? BLINKING Is "FLAME" LED blinkin or steady -on? A "FLAME" LED BLINKING OR STEADY ON PROBLEM STILL PRESENT SEE BLINK CODES Check heat anticipator setting. Fumace may need an isolation relay. - Check installation instructions under section titled -Isolation Relay" for details. - Verity correct furnace sizing. NO Check gas valve. • II "E" did not resolve issue I Check IFC'.I REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE UNTIL TROUBLE -FREE OPERATION IS OBTAINED. Most failures are not due to the IFC. Double check all other possibilities, including the ground connection or wire connections, before replacing the IFC. "System will attempt to light 4 times. Voltage is present at gas valve for only 7 seconds dur- ing each that for ignition. The entire system will go into a 1 hour lockout after 4 attempts. The main blower and IDM will run 180 seconds between 2nd and 3rd ignition attempts. 92- 101654 -01 -00 54 6 -PIN DISC TOR CB) 1 PBS '— TO 115/1/60 POWCR SOPPI �„ �i1 Q" `�A 1 J �GNO PO -2 CONNECTOR -" P 4 1 l 3 -1 -I 2-EC �NNEC TOR 00 BK 3 -6 BK BR /W IDM BR /W —5-5- HEAT ASSISTED LIMIT CNTRL. ` BH /W —5 ID RC \ \ 9 -PIN rH 4 -PIN CONNECTOR (WHITE ROGERS) P -9 Li � ©R /W �/ I i 4 2 5 3 CONNECTOR c r ,. 1 UNUSED \ P- q q MOTOR I [ M ro -1 P 3 C 1=1-2... BL YV O FLAME SENSOR HALO o 0 - a o�� NEU PB -) A PB-3 R EAC -1*-*- —*HEAT /COOL RC COOL (— BL TO CC I' I LEAD(S7 G W I l I y I R ) l�yyWL •Lo ®u • - / GND HONEYWELL I GAS VALVE Y -I 6N0 7 2 6 3 B 9 BR •u -io• • 7 • cw • HCR 2 MHEAT MV RPR ` FR R E NEU BL 2 BL Y IIIr R G -"9 \ (y�I� ��,( O el BR f"•-' V �:l \J R BR HUM '-'1 FAN — P4 -5 P4 -6 GND 59-2 P! 59-) IDR P2-1 P4 -3 P9 -3 HALC P9 -4 P4 -4 P2-2 Y LT 8L CND 6 3 \ 1 OK Q LT PWR K 2.0 AMP SLOWBLOWy FUSE �❑II 4 8 9 RC IBM *--{ 0 GND = LI 115 VAC NEU G 6 VENT SYSTEM PRESURE SWITCH 8R G 9 -PIN CONNECTOR 2�VACO Q -1/..././..)-- OT -yyyL„ R J b()d 000 000 INTEGRATED FURNACE COM 1'T FLAME PR .1:2 5 -5 SE P 1 ' CONTROL iU1 w / / I 2.58 SLOWBLCW cT znvac r 2avnC cDM GND - [ B.K o P1-9 GND = - .-- / 8 N(2 o W P 2 - - NEUTRALS �� '_ HUM MRLC LC P5 -8 Pt -8 R/W 1 1 , = _ cz.i.a L1 EACS4 i a Q 4 1 MRLC 1 1 • MRLC MRLC 1 55_3 Pl-3 IFC I 1 O_ 1,S, /1 IFI 1 1 1P5 -6 Pt -6 - (FYxRr- R mg R _ l R 1 W QC I- NPC P5-5 PI-5 "'/ Wall 1 G o K )D 51"4 GVJ me I 1 I G (MAIN LIMIT (ROLLOUT I OVER TEMPERA TURE CONTROU CONTROL) 1 SWITCHES 1 C )3-MAXIMUM) I t T 2 4 4 -PIN CONNECTOR �' un Pt -CH FLMS P5 -7 -► f t p` 1 2 4 1 5-8 JUNCTION BOX I W G 'K G -ii- r -� ___ _ BK —o ® O�W�0�00 SE GND _ N 4-0-1-o--.— TO 115/1/60 POWER SUPPLY -H DISC I I -emu_- iu - — -_ GND PBS (BLOWER DOOR SWITCH) 0 o ,0 E fv .A B v 1 0 (51 m 0` W COMPONENT CODE ALC AUK. LIMIT CONTROL (TEMP) CC BLOWER SORRY CC COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR CT CONTROL TRANSFORMER DISC DISCONNECT SWITCH EAC ELECTRIC AIR CLEANER FR FAN RELAY FLMS FLAME SENSOR FU FUSE GND GROUND GVR GAS VALVE RELAY HALC HEAT ASSISTED LIMIT CNTRL HCR HEAT /COOL RELAY HUM HUMIDIFIER RELAY IBM INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR IOM INDUCED GRAFT RELAY IDR INDUCED DRAFT RELAY IFC INTRGRTD FURNACE CNTRL IR IGNITION RELAY LC LIMIT CONTROL MGV MAIN GAS VALVE MRLC MAN. RESET LIMIT CNTRL MV MAIN VALVE NPC NEG.PRESSURE CNTRL PBS PUSH BUTTON SWITCH PL PLUG RC RUN CAPACITOR SE SPARK IGNI T. ELECTRODE TH THERMOSTAT (H /C) A WIRE NUT NOTES: ]. IF FACTORY WIRING OF HEALING AN COOLING SPEEDS IS NOT DESIRABLE REFER i0 SPEC. SHEEI FOR APPRO- PRIATE SPEEDS. 2Q, CONNECT UNUSED MOTOR LEADS TO Ml AND /OR M2. 0 MODELS WITH 3 SPEED MOTOR - BLUE LEAD IS FOR MEDIUM SPEED NO YELLOW LEAD ON MOTOR WIRING INFORMATION LINE VOLTAGE WIRE COLOR CODE BK __BLACK 0___ORANGE BR__BROWN PR PURPLE - BL__BLUE R___RED G___GREEN W__WHITE GY__GRAY Y____YELLOW STANDARD - FACTORY OPTION - - - - - -FIELD INSTALLED - LOW VOLTAGE -FACTORY STANDARD -FACTORY OPTION - - - - -- -FIELD INSTALLED - REPLACEMENT WIRE -MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE OF INSULATION AS ORIGINAL (105 C.MIN.) WARNING - CABINET MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED AND CONFORM TO I.E.C., N.E.C., C.E.C...AND LOCAL CODES AS APPLICABLE. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM DOWNFLOW & HORIZONTAL BLOWER INDUCED DRAFT GAS FIRED, FORCED AIR FURNACE SINGLE STAGE HEAT SINGLE STAGE COOL DIRECT SPARK IGNITION DR. BY VAP APP. BY DATE 5-11 -98 DWG. NO. 90- 24007 -05 REV 03 s is 05 nC 3� M mUI U1 -4 2 C '-1 m m m 0 1 0 z 0 0 0 z 0 1 to 0 co o iD co co Po E� 0 z 1 0 z n • • -n 05 0cT oN m to m pp y 2 c m r m n 1 A 0 2 C) n 0 2 73 0 2 0 CON DD <O CO W CO 73 05 2 4 O 2 'OK* LED - BLINK CODES DISC (OR CBI I I F - -PBS 'L r____ O 115/1/604 WER S1PPLq _- -- j Pi- _ CND - - P8 -2 (WHITE ROGERS) N o 1 IP Lo j, C .1-Z, OL NO' OF FLASHES PROBLEM DRAIN SYSTEM Y FLAME SENSOR 1 _,IGNITION FAILURE - 1 FIR LOCKOUT 2_ .PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK OPEN - SWITCH WILL NOT CLOSE ..J _ - LIMIT S W I T C H PAIN LIMIT. ROLLOUT CONTROL 4 — PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK CLOSED SWITCH HILL NOT OPEN TWINNING FAULT CND/\ PRESSURE SNITCH O HONEYWELL �— VALVE 7 I 4 7 1 4 7 1 . . 4 2 9-PIN CONNECTOR P -1 iH - - 'O Y -R Q q T • I 0 1 W i O MV- - - BL BL BL BL LI MV — Y 2 2 5 Y BR 5 PR 5 O NEU* PB -1 GND 6 3 6 3 -8— 9 -- R/W 6 3 8 P8-3 EAC A7 /COOL RC COOL I 1 y` R 5— • I l I 1 \I ,A , --8 9 R -2 -GND G VENT SYSTEM PRESSURE SWITCH G — G -9 ,\ MOTOR G�\0 O oL LEAD(S) 9 PIN `V' �T '-%1 -•' FR HCR ( �w RC NEU i P4 -5A P4 -6 P9 -2A P9 -1 P9 -4 P4 -4 P2 -2 R CONNECTOR LT Q � •I•I Tl, HEAT BR PR P-5 SE y 2.0 AMP \ � OK --5- Li PWR -� R •LO •W-M1 •u•LO• HUM -il E - FAN �0 — (08 P2 -I P4 -3 P9 -3 GND —« SLOWBLO FUSE 24VA S� PIR GND - - , W •NI BR F---� --A �� a dt s GNO .=.• LI 115 VAC NEU a-Lo- CY'1 R • • • • • •�P COM LT FLAME -.. 1 BL BR R/W INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL MI Y BK 2 SL ILI�'AOW CT G (MAIN LIMIT CONTROL) �6K� RC IBM 24VAC u 24VAC COM I R _ W P 2 HUM B GND - PI -9 LC MRLC 1 / g M2 p .. F oo a aOw 1 EAC,- 4ux B �� ' LC P5-8 P1-8 /NEUTRALS I MRLC I MRLC MRLC IP5 -3 Pl -3 IFC I OVER WITCHES URE SWITCHES 9B 0 DRAFT INDUCERS FOR DI L l3- MAXIMUM) 1 ( -)GR8- MODELS ARE EQUIPPED' Lk1 BK w I L I P5 -6 PI -6 • WITH 6 PIN PLUGS AS SHOWN 6-PIN W ( 1 CONNECTOR G NPC P5 -5 P1-5 I P -4 .• I _ IOM • 2 -PIN / G 1' 4 -PIN P4 AYR ®� I CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 r CONNECTOR P-2 1 2 5 d P-B �'7 1 - -� JUNCTION BOX G 4'KG 2. I P -4p NPC Pt 7 P5-7 W W II - �,• •,•J • IOM BR /W TO 115 /1/60 N��� :� _ _ PBS GND (BLOWER DOOR SWITCH) ® BR /W GND Pill S ONO- 00000 4 -PIN CONNECTOR IOM RC POWER SUPPLY - DISC P_q BR /W o P o D CD 1 IV .A 19 B v 1 B JN. a rn B` V COMPONENT CODE ARC BLOWER MIT CONTROL (TEMP) BR COMPR RELAY CC COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR DISC CONTROL TRANSFORMER DISC DISCONNECT SWITCH EAC ELECTRIC AIR CLEANER FR FAN RELAY FU MS FLAME SENSOR FUSE OND GROUND GVR GAS VALVE RELAY HCR HEAT /COOL RELAY HUM HUMIDIFIER RELAY IBM INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR IOM INDUCED DRAFT MOTOR IDR INDUCED DRAFT RELAY IFC IGNITIOO FURNACE CNTRL LC LIMIT RELAY M MAIN CONTROL MGV MAIN GAS VALVE MRLC MAN, RESET LIMIT CNTRL MV MAIN VALVE NPC NEG. PRESSURE CNTRL PBS PUSH BUTTON SWITCH PL RUNG RC RUN CAPACITOR SE SPARK IGNIT. ELECTROOE TH THERMOSTAT (H /C) • WIRE NUT NOTES: REFER TO SPEC. SHEET FOR ACTUAL I' FACTORY MOTOR TAP PLACEMENT OF 'HEAT' 'LOW', AS SOME MODELS MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN HERE. ALSO. REFER TO SPEC. SHEET OR INSTALLATION MANUAL IF WIRING OF HEAT AND/OR COOL SPEEDS IS NOT OESIREABLE. Q CONNECT UNUSED MOTOR LEADS TO MI AND/OR M2. O MODELS FO SPEED ED MOTOREED NO YELLOW LEAD ON MOTOR WIRING INFORMATION LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY WIRE COLOR CODE BK__BROWN 0_ __ORANGE BR__BROWN PR__PURPLE BL__BLUE R_ __RED G___GREEN W__ WHITE GY__GRAY Y___YELLOW STANDARD -FACTORY OPTION -, -, -„ -FIELD INSTALLED LOW VOLTAGE -FACTORY STANDARD - FACTORY OPTION - - - - - __ -FIELD INSTALLED REPLACEMENT WIRE -MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE OF INSULATION AS ORIGINAL (105 C.MIN.) WARNING 'CABINET MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED AND CONFORM TO I E C N E C C.E.C., NATIONAL WIRING REGULATIONS. AND LOCAL CODES AS APPLICABLE. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM UPFLOW BLOWER INDUCED GRAFT GAS FIRED, FORCED AIR FURNACE SINGLE STAGE HEAT SINGLE STAGE CDOL DIRECT SPARK IGNITION DR. BY JIM ' IAPP. BY DATE 7 -11 -9s DWG. N0. 90-24007-04 REv 07 • -n 05 0cT oN m to m pp y 2 c m r m n 1 A 0 2 C) n 0 2 73 0 2 0 CON DD <O CO W CO 73 05 2 4 O 2 FNSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AIR - COOLED CONDENSING UNITS ( -)ANL= AZ MODEL SERIES -13 SEER (-)APM-JAZ MODEL SERIES -14.5 SEER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 15 2013 City of Tukwila UILDING DIVISION RECE CITY OF EIVTUKWD ILA FEB 0 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER ORRECTION LTR FEATURING INDUSTRY STANDARD R-410A REFRIGERANT r A RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION! AWARNING THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE INTENDED AS AN AID TO QUALIFIED, LICENSED SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT. READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY BEFORE ATTEMPTING INSTALLATION OR OPERATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN IMPROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE POSSIBLY RESULTING IN FIRE, ELECTRICAL SHOCK, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. EVER( UIDE EN RGUIDE i u..ma% CERTIFIED. rrx.ahrlaiieclory.ow Unitary SmaO AC AI00 Stan6vd 210(740 <n,i.mq uh•+ev.. 4new n.d.4.1, A<vNile/ by the Y..1 rye n mG' AB ISO 9001:2008 Certificate Number. 301M DO NOT DESTROY THIS MANUAL PLEASE READ CAREFULLY AND KEEP IN A SAFE PLACE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE BY A SERVICEMAN [ ] INDICATES METRIC CONVERSIONS 92- 21354 -51 -13 PERSEDES 92- 21354 -51 -12 riT ROOD Ea 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Checking Product Received 2 Dimensions 3 Electrical & Physical Data 4 General 5 Application 5 Corrosive Environment .................{g1"!r!"j! 5 Locating Unit 6 Unit Mounting 71 Factory- Preferred Tie -Down Method for Outdoor Units 7 Refrigerant Connections 8 Tools Required for Installing & Servicing R -410A Models 8 Specification of R -410A 8 Quick Reference for R -410A 9 Replacement Units 9 Evaporator Coil 9 Interconnecting Tubing 10 -14 Start -Up — Checking Airflow 14 Evacuation and Leak Testing 15 Checking Refrigerant Charge 15 -19 Electrical Wiring r�iJ e?R r .� °,' 19 -20 High and Low Pressure Controls (HPC or LPC) 21 Field Installed Accessories 21 • • a., Service 22 Trouble Shooting 23 -24 Trouble Shooting Chart 26 Wiring Diagrams 27 -29 CHECKING PRODUCT RECEIVED Upon receiving unit, inspect it for any shipping damage. Claims for damage, either apparent or concealed, should be filed immediately with the shipping company. Check condensing unit model number, electrical characteristics and accessories to determine if they are correct. Check system components (evaporator coil, condens- ing unit, evaporator blower, etc.) to make sure they are properly matched. j.�r� 01'' .104, • ' 1 R.1 C �r M I ! =k xV ` mss'' FIGURE 1 UNIT MODEL NUMBER EXPLANATION DIMENSIONS AND INSTALLATION CLEARANCES A N L 024 J A Z lk AIR DISCHARGE ALLOW 60" [1524 mm] CLEARANCE �� L .. \\ \\ ice ��: �:�1111 �Gice.. '- COOLING CONNECTION FITTING I Z - SCROLL COMPRESSOR VARIATIONS ELECTRICAL A - Series = FULL FEATURED I DESIGNATION J = 208/230V -1 -60 C = 208/230V -3 -601 [Available only on D = 460V -3 -60 Jy ( -)ANL- Models] Y = 575V -3 -60 \ \ \� ,„ \ \. %y f ,...,. [ PANELS BTU /HR x 1000 (COOLING CAPACITY) 018 = 18,000 BTU /HR 024 = 24,000 BTU /HR 042/043 = 42,000 BTU /HR 048/049 BTU /HR 056 60,000 BTU/HR DESIGN SERIES AIR INLETS (LOUVERS) ALLOW 6" MIN. CLEARANCE 3 SIDES • , ALLOW 24" [610 mm] SERVICE ACCESS L = R-410A (M = R410 2ND DESIGN SERIES N P = HIGH STANDARD EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY [153 mm] CLEARANCE I REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT I TRADE NAME LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION ^&.`1 011 110 i /e" [22 mm] SERVICE FITTINGS �� / -J Ii !" -1 J m 4i.i. ` HIGH VOLTAGE ear. , ♦, CONNECTION / ° ®® j LIQUID LINE CONNECTION SERVICE ACCESS VAPOR LINE TO ELECTRICAL 8 CONNECTION 27/a" [73 mm] DIA. VALVES ALLOW KNOCKOUTS CLEARANCE] HIGH PRESSURE ONE SIDE CONTROL MANUAL RESET (FIELD INSTALLED a VIII $i 01 C `l ` Jj 11-0 b sir -O �� 0 -0 _ LaJI manta =xatta 0 ACCESSORY) BOTTOM (\ \A\ SHADED DIMENSIONAL DATA ss%1vv�allmmev VIEW SHOWING DRAIN OPENINGS AREAS). CONDENSING UNIT MODEL ( -)ANL 018 024/031 043/037 049 060 LENGTH "H" (INCHES) 19" 19" 23" 29" 33" LENGTH "L" (INCHES) 351/2' 401/2" 443/8" 443/8" 443/8" WIDTH "W" (INCHES) 243/4" 275/8" 311/2" 311/" 311/2" CONDENSING UNIT MODEL ( -)APM 018JAZ 024JAZ 030JAZ 036JAZ/042JAZ 048JAZ /056JAZ/060JAZ LENGTH "H" (INCHES) 19" 29" 33" LENGTH "L" (INCHES) 401/2" 443/8" 443/8" WIDTH "W' (INCHES) 275/8" 311/" 3111/2" 3 ,TABLE 1 ( -)ANL ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL Model Number Phase Compressor Fan Motor Full Load Minimum Circuit Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Outdoor Coil Refrig. Per Weight Rated Locked ANL- (-)ANL- Frequency (Hz) (Volts) Load Amperes Rotor Am eres Amperes Ampacity Minimum Maximum Face Area No. CFM Circuit Net Shipping (RLA) (LRA) (FLA) Amperes Amperes Amperes Sq. Ft. [m'] Rows [L/s) Oz ]g] Lbs. (kg] Lbs. [kg] 018JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 9/9 48 0.6 12/12 15/15 20/20 9.07 [0.84] 1 1775 [838] 70 [1984] 130 [59] 140 [63.5] 024JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 12.8/12.8 58.3 0.6 17/17 20/20 25/25 11 [1.02] 1 1920 [906] 72 [2041] 140 [63.5] 150 [68] 031JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 14.1/14.1 73 0.6 19/19 25/25 30/30 11.1 [1.02] 1 1920 [906] 83 [2353] 142 [54] 152 [70] 037CAZ 3 -60- 208 -230 13.2/13.2 88 1.2 18/18 25/25 30/30 16.1 [1.5] 1 2300 [1085] 106 [3005] 160 [72] 170 [77] 037DAZ 3- 60-460 6.0 44 0.6 9 15 15 16.1 [1.5] 1 2300 [1085] 106 [3005] 160 [72] 170 [77] 037JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 17.9/17.9 112 1.2 24/24 30/30 40/40 16.1 [1.5] 1 2300 [1085] 106 [3005] 160 [72] 170 [77] 043CAZ 3 -60- 208 -230 13.5/13.5 83.1 1.2 19/19 25/25 30/30 17.26 [1.6] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 205 [93] 215 [97] 043DAZ 3 -60 -460 , 6.0 44 0.6 9 15 15 17.26 [1.6] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 205 [93] 215 [97] 043JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 19.9/19.9 109 1.2 27/27 35/35 45/45 17.26 [1.6] 1 3200 [1510] 115 [3260] 205 [93] 215 [97] 049CAZ 3 -60- 208 -230 13.7/13.7 83.1 1.2 19/19 25/25 30/30 20.1 [1.8] 1 3200 [1510] 132 [3742] 235 [106] 245 [111] 049DAZ 3 -60 -460 6.2 41 0.6 9 15 15 20.1 [1.8] 1 3200 [1510] 132 [3742] 235 [106] 245 [111 ] 049JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 21.8/21.8 117 1.2 29/29 35/35 50/50 20.1 [1.8] 1 3200 [1510] 132 [3742] 235 [106] 245 [111] 049YAZ 3 -60 -575 4.8 33 0.5 7 15 15 20.1 [1.8] 1 3200 [1510] 132 [3742] 235 [106] 245 [111] O60CAZ 3 -60- 208 -230 15.6/15.6 110 1.2 21/21 25/25 35/35 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [117.9] O60DAZ 3 -60 -460 ' 7.8 52 0.6 11 15 15 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [117.9] 060JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 26.3/26.3 134 1.2 35/35 45/45 60 /60 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [117.9] 060YAZ 3 -60 -575 5.8 38.9 0.5 8 15 15 23.01 [2.14] 1 3500 [1652] 180 [5103] 250 [113.4] 260 [117.9] TABLE 2 ( -)APM ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA Model RAPM- ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL Phase Frequency (Hz) Voltage (Volts) Compressor Fan Motor Full Amperes P (FLA) Minimum A Circuit t P y Amperes Fuse or HACK Circuit Breaker Outdoor Coil Refrig. Circuit Oz. [g] Weight Rated Load Amperes {RLA) Locked Rotor Amperes (LRA) Minimum Amperes Maximum Amperes Face Area Sq. Ft. [m2) No. Rows CFM [Us] Net Lbs. (kg) Shipping Lbs. [kgl Rev. 3/11/2010 018JAZ 1- 60- 208/230 9/9 48 1.9 14/14 20/20 20/20 11 [1.02] 1 1955 [923] 82 [2325] 138.5 [62.8] 160.5 [72.8] 024JAZ 1- 60- 208/230 13.5/13.5 58.3 1.1 18/18 25/25 30/30 20 0.86] 1 3295 [1555] 128 [36291_ 192.5 [87.3] 214.5 [97.3] 030JAZ 1- 60- 208/230 12.8/12.8 64 1.9 18/18 25/25 30/30 20 [1.86] 1 3645 [1720] 129 [3657] 193 [87.5] 214 [97.1] 036JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 16/16 79 1.9 22/22 30/30 35/35 23.01 [2.14] 1 3680 [1737] 146 [41391_, 197.5 [89.6] 227 [103] 042JAZ 1- 60- 208/230 17.9/17.9 112 2.8 26/26 30/30 40/40 23.01 [2.14] 1 3925 [1852] 152 [4309] 223 [101.2] 256 [116.1] 298 [135.2] 048JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 21.8/21.8 117 2.8 31/31 40/40 50/50 23.01 [2.14] 2 3685 [1739] 203 [5755L264 [119.8] 056JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 21.4/21.4 135 2.8 30/30 35/35 50/50 23 [2.14] 2 3685 [1739] 255 [7229] 269.5 [122.2) 306.5 [139] 060JAZ 1 -60- 208/230 26.4/26.4 134 2.8 36/36 45/45 60 /60 23 [2.14] 2 4350 [2053] _ 262 [7428] 269.5 [122.2] 306.5 [139] A WARNING THE MANUFACTURER'S WARRAN- TY DOES NOT COVER ANY DAM- AGE OR DEFECT TO THE AIR CONDITIONER CAUSED BY THE ATTACHMENT OR USE OF ANY COMPONENTS. ACCESSORIES OR DEVICES (OTHER THAN THOSE AUTHORIZED BY THE MANUFAC- TURER) INTO, ONTO OR IN CON- JUNCTION WITH THE AIR CONDI- TIONER. YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE USE OF UNAUTHORIZED COMPONENTS, ACCESSORIES OR DEVICES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE AIR CON- DITIONER AND MAY ALSO ENDAN- GER LIFE AND PROPERTY. THE MANUFACTURER DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUCH LOSS OR INJURY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF SUCH UNAUTHORIZED COMPONENTS, ACCESSORIES OR DEVICES. MATCH ALL COMPONENTS: • OUTDOOR UNIT • INDOOR COILJMETERING DEVICE • INDOOR AIR HANDLER/FURNACE • REFRIGERANT LINES GENERAL The information contained in this manual has been prepared to assist in the proper installation, operation and maintenance of the air conditioning system. Improper installation, or installation not made in accordance with these instructions, can result in unsatisfactory operation and /or dangerous conditions, and can cause the related warranty not to apply. Read this manual and any instructions packaged with separate equipment required to make up the system prior to installation. Retain this manual for future reference. To achieve optimum efficiency and capacity, the indoor cooling coils listed in the con- densing unit specification sheet should be used. APPLICATION Before installing any air conditioning equipment, a duct analysis of the structure and a heat gain calculation must be made. A heat gain calculation begins by measuring all external surfaces and openings that gain heat from the surrounding air and quantifying that heat gain. A heat gain calculation also calculates the extra heat load caused by sunlight and by humidity removal. There are several factors that the installers must consider: • Outdoor unit location • • System refrigerant charge • • Indoor unit blower speed • • System air balancing • Proper equipment evacuation Indoor unit airflow Supply and return air duct design and sizing Diffuser and return air grille location and sizing CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT The metal parts of this unit may be subject to rust or deterioration if exposed to a corrosive environment. This oxidation could shorten the equipment's useful life. Corrosive elements include, but are not limited to, salt spray, fog or mist in seacoast areas, sulphur or chlorine from lawn watering systems, and various chemical conta- minants from industries such as paper mills and petroleum refineries. If the unit is to be installed in an area where contaminants are likely to be a prob- lem, special attention should be given to the equipment location and exposure. • Avoid having lawn sprinkler heads spray directly on the unit cabinet. • In coastal areas, locate the unit on the side of the building away from the water- front. • Shielding provided by a fence or shrubs may give some protection, but cannot violate minimum airflow and service access clearances. • Elevating the unit off its slab or base enough to allow air circulation will help avoid holding water against the basepan. Regular maintenance will reduce the build -up of contaminants and help to protect the unit's finish. 5 A WARNING DISCONNECT ALL POWER TO UNIT BEFORE STARTING MAINTENANCE. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. Frequent washing of the cabinet, fan blade and coil with fresh water will remove most of the salt or other contaminants that build up on the unit. Regular cleaning and waxing of the cabinet with an automobile polish will pro- vide some protection. • A liquid cleaner may be used several times a year to remove matter that will not wash off with water. Several different types of protective coatings are offered in some areas. These coatings may provide some benefit, but the effectiveness of such coating materials cannot be verified by the equipment manufacturer. LOCATING UNIT CONDENSER LOCATION Consult local and national building codes and ordinances for special installation requirements. Following location information will provide longer life and simplified servicing of the outdoor condenser. NOTE: These units must be installed outdoors. No ductwork can be attached, or other modifications made, to the discharge grille. Modifications will affect perform- ance or operation. OPERATIONAL ISSUES IMPORTANT: Locate the condenser in a manner that will not prevent, impair or compromise the performance of other equipment horizontally installed in prox- imity to the unit. Maintain all required minimum distances to gas and electric meters, dryer vents, exhaust and inlet openings. In the absence of National Codes, or manaufacturers' recommendations, local code recommendations and requirements will take presidence. • Refrigerant piping and wiring should be properly sized and kept as short as pos- sible to avoid capacity losses and increased operating costs. • Locate the condenser where water run off will not create a problem with the equipment. Position the unit away from the drip edge of the roof whenever pos- sible. Units are weatherized, but can be affected by the following: o Water pouring into the unit from the junction of rooflines, without protective guttering. Large volumes of water entering the condenser while in operation can impact fan blade or motor life, and coil damage may occur to a heat pump if moisture cannot drain from the unit under freezing conditions. Closely follow clearance recommendations on Page 3. o 24" to the service panel access o 60" above condenser fan discharge (unit top) to prevent recirculation o 6" to condenser coil grille air inlets (per condenser). FOR CONDENSERS WITH SPACE LIMITATIONS In the event that a space limitation exists, we will permit the following clearances: Single Unit Applications: Clearances below 6 inches will reduce unit capacity and efficiency. Do not reduce the 60 -inch discharge, or the 24 -inch service clearances. Multiple Unit Applications: When multiple condenser grille sides are aligned, a 6- inch per unit clearance is recommended, for a total of 12" between two units. Two combined clearances below 12 inches will reduce capacity and efficiency. Do not reduce the 60 -inch discharge, or 24 -inch service, clearances. Do not obstruct the bottom drain opening in the condenser base pan. It is essential to provide defrost condensate drainage to prevent possible refreezing of the condensation. Provide a base pad for mounting the unit, which is slightly pitched away from the structure. Route condensate off the base pad to an area which will not become slippery and result in personal injury. 6 CUSTOMER SATISFACTION ISSUES • The condenser should be located away from the living, sleeping and recation- al spaces of the owner and those spaces on adjoining property. To prevent noise transmissionm, the mounting pad for the outdoor unit should not be connected to the structure, and should be located sufficient distance above grade to prevent ground water from enteriing the unit. PROPER INSTALLATION Proper sizing and installation of equipment is critical to achieve optimal perform- ance. Use the information in this Installation Instruction Manual and reference the applicable Engineering Specification Sheet when installing this product. IMPORTANT: This product has been designed and manufactured to meet ENERGY STAR® criteria for energy efficiency when matched with appropriate coil compo- nents. However, proper refrigerant charge and proper air flow are critical to achieve rated capacity and efficiency. Installation of this product should follow the manufac- turer's refrigerant charging and air flow instructions. Failure to confirm proper charge and airflow may reduce energy efficiency and shorten equipment life. UNIT MOUNTING If elevating the condensing unit, either on a flat roof or on a slab, observe the follow- ing guidelines. • The base pan provided elevates the condenser soil 3/4" above the base pad. • If elevating a unit on a flat roof, use 4" x 4" (or equivalent) stringers positioned to distribute unit weight evenly and prevent noise and vibration. NOTE: Do not block drain openings shown in Figure 1. FACTORY- PREFERRED TIE -DOWN METHOD FOR OUTDOOR UNITS IMPORTANT: The Manufacturer approved /recommended method is a guide to securing equipment for wind and seismic loads. Other methods might provide the same result, but the Manufacturer method is the only one endorsed by Manufacturer for securing equipment where wind or earthquake damage can occur. Additional information is available in the PTS (Product Technical Support) section of the Manufacturer website Rheemote.net and can be found as a listing under each out- door model. If you do not have access to this site, your Distributor can offer assis- tance. 7 REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS All units are factory charged with Refrigerant 410A. All models are supplied with service valves. Keep tube ends sealed until connection is to be made to prevent system contamination. TOOLS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLING & SERVICING R -410A MODELS Manifold Sets: -Up to 800 PSIG High side -Up to 250 PSIG Low Side -550 PSIG Low Side Retard Manifold Hoses: - Service Pressure Rating of 800 PSIG Recovery Cylinders: -400 PSIG Pressure Rating -Dept. of Transportation 4BA400 or BW400 A CAUTION R -410A systems operate at higher pressures than R -22 systems. Do not use R -22 service equipment or components on R -410A equipment. SPECIFICATION OF R -410A: Application: R -410A is not a drop -in replacement for R -22; equipment designs must accommodate its higher pressures. It cannot be retrofitted into R -22 condens- ing units. 8 Physical Properties: R -410A has an atmospheric boiling point of - 62.9 °F and its saturation pressure at 77 °F is 224.5 psig. Composition: R -410A is an azeotropic mixture of 50% by weight difluoromethane (HFC -32) and 50% by weight pentafluoroethane (HFC -125). Pressure: The pressure of R-410A is approximately 60% (1.6 times) greater than R -22. Recovery and recycle equipment, pumps, hoses and the like need to have design pressure ratings appropriate for R -410A. Manifold sets need to range up to 800 psig high -side and 250 psig low -side with a 550 psig low -side retard. Hoses need to have a service pressure rating of 800 psig. Recovery cylinders need to have a 400 psig service pressure rating. DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400. Combustibility: At pressures above 1 atmosphere, mixture of R -410A and air can become combustible. R -410A and air should never be mixed in tanks or supply lines. or be allowed to accumulate in storage tanks. Leak checking should never be done with a mixture of R -410A and air. Leak checking can be per- formed safely with nitrogen or a mixture of R -410A and nitrogen. QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE FOR R -410A • R-410A refrigerant operates at approximately 60% higher pressure (1.6 times) than R -22. Ensure that servicing equipment is designed to operate with R -410A. • R -410A refrigerant cylinders are pink in color. • R -410A, as with other RFC's is only compatible with POE oils. • Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil. • R -410A systems are to be charged with liquid refrigerants. Prior to March 1999, R -410A refrigerant cylinders had a dip tube. These cylinders should be kept upright for equipment charging. Post March 1999 cylinders do not have a dip tube and should be inverted to ensure liquid charging of the equipment. • Do not install a suction line filter drier in the liquid line. • A liquid line filter drier is standard on every unit. Only manufacturer approved liq- uid line filter driers can be used. These are Sporlan (CW083S) and Alco (80K083S) driers. These filter driers are rated for minimum working pressure of 600 psig. • Desiccant (drying agent) must be compatible for POE oils and R -410A. REPLACEMENT UNITS To prevent failure of a new condensing unit, the existing evaporator tubing system must be correctly sized and cleaned or replaced. Care must be exercised that the expansion device is not plugged. For new and replacement units, a liquid line filter drier should be installed and refrigerant tubing should be properly sized. Test the oil for acid. If positive, a suction line filter drier is mandatory. IMPORTANT: WHEN REPLACING AN R -22 UNIT WITH AN R -410A UNIT, EITHER REPLACE THE LINE SET OR ENSURE THAT THE EXISTING LINE SET IS THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ANY OLD OIL OR DEBRIS. EVAPORATOR COIL REFER TO EVAPORATOR COIL MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. IMPORTANT: The manufacturer is not responsible for the performance and opera- tion of a mismatched system, or for a match listed with another manufacturer's coil. A CAUTION Only use evaporators approved for use on R -410A systems. Use of existing R -22 evaporators can introduce mineral oil to the R -410A refrigerant forming two differ- ent liquids and decreasing oil return to the compressor. This can result in com- pressor failure. 9 NOTE: All ( -)ANL & ( -)APM units must be installed with a TEV Evaporator. The thermostatic expansion valve is specifically designed to operate with R -410A. DO NOT use an R -22 TEV or evaporator. The existing evaporator must be replaced with the factory specified TEV evaporator specifically designed for R -410A. LOCATION Do not install the indoor evaporator coil in the return duct system of a gas or oil fur- nace. Provide a service inlet to the coil for inspection and cleaning. Keep the coil pitched toward the drain connection. A CAUTION When coil is installed over a finished ceiling and /or living area, it is recommend- ed that a secondary sheet metal condensate pan be constructed and installed under entire unit. Failure to do so can result in property damage. INTERCONNECTING TUBING VAPOR AND LIQUID LINES Keep all lines sealed until connection is made. Make connections at the indoor coil first. Refer to Line Size Information in Tables 3 and 4 for correct size and multipliers to be used to determine capacity for various vapor line diameters and lengths of run. The losses due to the lines being exposed to outdoor conditions are not included. The factory refrigeration charge in the outdoor unit is sufficient for 15 feet of inter- connecting lines. The factory refrigeration charge in the outdoor unit is sufficient for the unit and 15 feet of standard size interconnecting liquid and vapor lines. For dif- ferent lengths, adjust the charge as indicated below. 1/4" ± 0.3 oz. per foot 5/16" ± 0.4 oz. per foot 3/8" ± 0.6 oz. per foot 1/2" ± 1.2 oz. per foot MAXIMUM LENGTH OF LINES The maximum length of interconnecting line is 150 feet. Always use the shortest length possible with a minimum number of bends. Additional compressor oil is not required for any length up to 150 feet. NOTE: Excessively long refrigerant lines cause loss of equipment capacity. OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLED ABOVE INDOOR COIL Keep the vertical separation between coils to a minimum. However, the vertical dis- tance can be as great as 120 feet with the condensing unit ABOVE the indoor coil. Use the following guidelines when installing the unit: 1. DO NOT exceed 120 feet maximum vertical separation. 2. DO NOT change the flow check piston sizes if the vertical separation does not exceed the values in Table 4. 3. Flow Check Piston Coil: a. The vertical separation can be greater than the value in Table 6, but no more than 120 feet. b. If the separation height exceeds the Table value, reduce the indoor coil flow check piston by two sizes plus one size for additional 10 feet beyond the Table value. 4. Expansion Valve Coil: a. The vertical separation can be greater than the Table value, but no more than 120 feet. b. No changes are required for expansion valve coils. 10 5. Capillary Tube Coil: DO NOT exceed the Table values for vertical separation for capillary tube coils. 6. Always use the smallest liquid line size permitted to minimize the system charge. 7. Table 5 may be used for sizing horizontal runs. OUTDOOR UNIT BELOW INDOOR COIL Keep the vertical separation to a minimum. Use the following guidelines when installing the unit: 1. DO NOT exceed the vertical separations as indicated on Table 4. 2. Always use the smallest liquid line size permitted to minimize system charge. 3. No changes are required for either flow check piston coils or expansions coils. 4. Table 4 may be used for sizing horizontal runs. TUBING INSTALLATION Observe the following when installing correctly sized type "L" refrigerant tubing between the condensing unit and evaporator coil: If a portion of the liquid line passes through a hot area where liquid refrigerant can be heated to form vapor, insulating the liquid line is required. Use clean, dehydrated, sealed refrigeration grade tubing. Always keep tubing sealed until tubing is in place and connections are to be made. Blow out the liquid and vapor lines with dry nitrogen before connecting to the outdoor unit and indoor coil. Any debris in the line set will end up plugging the expansion device. • As an added precaution, a high quality filter drier is standard on R -410A units. • Do not allow the vapor line and liquid line to be in contact with each other. This causes an undesirable heat transfer resulting in capacity loss and increased power consumption. The vapor line must be insulated. • If tubing has been cut, make sure ends are deburred while holding in a position to prevent chips from falling into tubing. Burrs such as those caused by tubing cutters can affect performance dramatically, particularly on small liquid line sizes. For best operation, keep tubing run as short as possible with a minimum num- ber of elbows or bends. • Locations where the tubing will be exposed to mechanical damage should be avoided. If it is necessary to use such locations, the copper tubing should be housed to prevent damage. • If tubing is to be run underground, it must be run in a sealed watertight chase. • Use care in routing tubing and do not kink or twist. Use a good tubing bender on the vapor line to prevent kinking. • Route the tubing using temporary hangers, then straighten the tubing and install permanent hangers. Line must be adequately supported. • The vapor line must be insulated to prevent dripping (sweating) and prevent performance losses. Armaflex and Rubatex are satisfactory insulations for this purpose. Use 1/2" minimum insulation thickness, additional insulation may be required for long runs. • Check Table 3 for the correct vapor line size. Check Table 4 for the correct liquid line size. 11 TABLE 3 SUCTION LINE LENGTH /SIZE VS. CAPACITY MULTIPLIER (R410A) UNIT SIZE 1'1h Ton 2 Ton 21/2 Ton 3 Ton 31/2 Ton 4 Ton 5 Ton Suction Line Connection Size 3/4" [19] I.D. 3/4" [19] I.D. 3/4" [19] I.D. 3/4" [19] 1.D. 7/8" [22.2] I.D. 7/8" [22.2] I.D. 7/8" [22.2] I.D. Suction Line Run - Feet [m] 5/8" [15.9] 5/8" [15.9) 5/8" [15.9] - 3/4" [19] - - 3/4" [19]' 3/4" [19]' 3/4" [19]' 3/4" [19]` 7/8" [22.2)' 7/8" [22.2]* 7/8" [22.2]` - - 7/8 - - - - 25 [7.6] Optional 1.00 1.00 1.00 - 1.00 - - Standard 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Optional - - 1.00 1.00 - 1.00 1.00 50' [15.24] Optional ' 0.98 0.98 0.96 - 0.99 - - Standard ' 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 Optional - - 0.99 0.99 - 0.99 0.99 100' [30.5] Optional 0.95 0.95 0.94 - 0.96 - - Standard 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.98 0.96 0.97 Optional - - 0.97 0.97 - 0.98 0.98 150' [45.7] Optional 0.92 0.92 0.91 - 0.94 - - Standard ' 0.93 0.94 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.95 0.94 Optional i - - 0.95 0.95 - 0.96 0.97 NOTES: [ ] Designates Metric Conversions 'Standard Note: Using suction line larger than shown in chart will result in poor oil return and is not recommended. TUBING CONNECTIONS Indoor evaporator coils have only a holding charge of dry nitrogen. Keep all tube ends sealed until connections are to be made. Use type "L" copper refrigeration tubing. Braze the connections with the follow- ing alloys: - copper to copper - 5% - Silver alloy (no flux) - copper to steel or brass - 35% - silver alloy (with flux) • Be certain both refrigerant shutoff valves at the outdoor unit are closed. • Clean the inside of the fittings and outside of the tubing with steel wool or sand cloth before soldering. Always keep chips, steel wool, dirt, etc., out of the inside when cleaning. • Assemble tubing part way into fitting. Apply flux all around the outside of the tubing and push tubing into stop. This procedure will keep the flux from getting inside the system. • Remove the cap and schrader core from service port to protect seals from heat damage. • Use an appropriate heatsink material around the copper stub and the service valves before applying heat. • IMPORTANT: Do not braze any fitting with the TEV sensing bulb attached. • Braze the tubing between the outdoor unit and indoor coil. Flow dry nitrogen into a service port and through the tubing while brazing. • After brazing - use an appropriate heatsink material to cool the joint and remove any flux residue. • The service valves are not backseating valves. To open the valves, remove the valve cap with an adjustable wrench. Insert a 3/16" or 5/16" hex wrench into the stem. Back out counterclockwise. Replace the valve cap finger tight then tighten an additional 1/2 hex flat for a metal -to -metal seal. 12 TABLE 4 LIQUID LINE SIZE - OUTDOOR UNIT ABOVE INDOOR COIL System Capacity Line Size Connection Size (Inch I.D.) [mm] Line Size (Inch I.D.) [mmj Liquid Line Size Outdoor Unit Above Indoor Coil (Cooling Only - Does not apply to Heat Pumps) Total 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 75 [22.9] 100 [30.5] 125 [38.1] 150 [45.7] Minimum Vertical Separation - Feet [mj ( "0" means no restrict on) 11/2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 0 0 0 0 8 [2.4] 24 [7.3] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 0 3 [0.9] 29 [8.8] 55 [16.8] 81 [24.7] 108 [32.9] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 21/2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 0 14 [4.3] 56 [17.1] 98 [29.9] N/A N/A 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 9 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 31/2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 16 [4.9] 35 [10.7] 54 [16.5] 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/8* [9.5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 System Capacity Line Size Connection Size (Inch I.D.) [mm] Line Size (Inch I.D.) [mm] Liquid Line Size Outdoor Unit Below Indoor Coil Total 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 75 [22.9] 1 100 [30.5] 125 [38.1] 1 150 [45.7] Maximum Vertical Separation - Feet [m] 12 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 25 [7.6] 40 [12.2] 25 [7.6] 9 [2.7] N/A N/A 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 62 [18.9] 58 [17.7] 53 [16.2] 49 [14.9] 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 75 [22.9] 72 [21.9] 70 [21.3] 68 [20.7] 2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 25 [7.6] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 36 [10.9] 29 [8.8] 23 [7.0] 16 [4.9] 9 [2.7] 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 72 [21.9] 70 [21.3] 68 [20.7] 65 [19.8] 21 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 1/4 [6.4] 25 [7.6] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 49 [14.9] 38 [11.6] 27 [8.3] 17 [5.2] 6 [1.8] 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 68 [20.7] 85 [19.8] 62 [18.9] 58 [17.7] 3 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 37 [11.3] 22 [6.7] 7 [2.1] N/A 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 68 [20.7] 63 [19.2] 58 [17.7] 53 [16.2] 31/2 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 27 [7.0] 4 [1.2] N/A NA N/A 3/8 [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 43 [13.1] 36 [10.9] 30 [9.1] 24 [7.3] 4 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 46 [14.0] 38 [11.6] 30 [9.1] 22 [6.7] 15 [4.5] 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 56 [17.1] 55 [16.8] 53 [16.2] 52 [15.8] 5 Ton 3/8" [9.5] 5/16 [7.9] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 56 [17.1] 44 [13.4] 32 [9.8] 20 [6.1] 3/8* [9.5] 25 [7.6] 50 [15.2] 75 [22.9] 81 [24.7] 79 [24.1] 76 [23.2] NOTES: [ ] Designates Metric Conversions *Standard N/A = Application not recommended. 13 LEAK TESTING • Pressurize line set and coil through service fittings with dry nitrogen to 150 psig maximum. Leak test all joints using liquid detergent. If a leak is found, repair and repeat leak test procedures. A WARNING DO NOT USE OXYGEN TO PURGE LINES OR PRESSURIZE SYSTEM FOR LEAK TEST. OXYGEN REACTS VIOLENTLY WITH OIL, WHICH CAN CAUSE AN EXPLO- SION RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. START -UP - CHECKING AIRFLOW The air distribution system has the greatest effect on airflow. The duct system is totally controlled by the contractor. For this reason, the contractor should use only industry- recognized procedures. The correct air quantity is critical to air condition- ing systems. Proper operation, efficiency, compressor life, and humidity control depend on the correct balance between indoor load and outdoor unit capacity. Excessive indoor airflow increases the possibility of high humidity problems. Low indoor airflow reduces total capacity and causes coil icing. Serious harm can be done to the compressor by low airflow, such as that caused by refrigerant flooding. Each ton of cooling requires between 375 and 450 cubic feet of air per minute (CFM). See the manufacturer's spec sheet for rated airflow for the system being installed. Duct design and construction should be carefully done. System perform- ance can be lowered dramatically through bad planning or workmanship. Air supply diffusers must be selected and located carefully. They must be sized and posi- tioned to deliver treated air along the perimeter of the space. If they are too small for their intended airflow, they become noisy. If they are not located properly, they cause drafts. Return air grilles must be properly sized to carry air back to the blow- er. If they are too small, they also cause noise. The installers should balance the air distribution system to ensure proper quiet airflow to all rooms in the home. This ensures a comfortable living space. These simple mathematical formulas can be used to determine the CFM in a resi- dential or light commercial system. Electric resistance heaters can use: CFM - volts x amps x 3.413 SHC x temp rise Gas furnaces can use: CFM = Output Capacity in BTUH* SHC x temp rise *Refer to furnace data plate for furnace output capacity. SHC = Sensible Heat Constant (see table below), an air velocity meter or airflow hood can give a more accurate reading of the system CFM. The measurement for temperature rise should be performed at the indoor coil inlet and near the outlet, but out of direct line of sight of the heater element or heat exchanger. For best results, measure air temperature at multiple points and average the measurements to obtain coil inlet and outlet temperatures. 14 Altitude (feet) SENSIBLE HEAT CONSTANT (SHC) ALTITUDE (FEET) SENSIBLE HEAT CONSTANT (SHC) Sea Level 1.08 6000 0.87 500 1.07 7000 0.84 1000 1.05 8000 0.81 2000 1.01 9000 0.78 3000 0.97 10000 0.75 4000 0.94 15000 0.61 5000 0.90 20000 0.50 EVACUATION AND LEAK TESTING EVACUATION PROCEDURE Evacuation is the most important part of the entire service procedure. The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon the thoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacuating air and moisture from the system. Air or nitrogen in the system causes high condensing temperatures and pressure, resulting in increased power input and non - verifiable performance. Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant and oil to form corrosive hydrofluoric acid. This attacks motor windings and parts, causing breakdown. • After the system has been leak- checked and proven sealed, connect the vacuum pump and evacuate system to 500 microns and hold 500 microns or less for at least 15 minutes. The vacuum pump must be connected to both the high and low sides of the system by connecting to the two pressure ports. Use the largest size connections available since restrictive service connections may lead to false readings because of pressure drop through the fittings. • After adequate evacuation, open both service valves by removing both brass service valve caps with an adjustable wrench. Insert a 3/16" [5 mm] or 5/16" [8 mm] hex wrench into the stem and turn counterclockwise until the wrench stops. • At this time gauges must be connected to the access fitting on the liquid line (small) service valve and the common suction port connected to the common suction line between the reversing valve and compressor to check and adjust charge. IMPORTANT: Compressors (especially scroll type) should never be used to evacu- ate the air conditioning system because internal electrical arcing may result in a damaged or failed compressor. Never run a scroll compressor while the system is in a vacuum or compressor failure will occur. FINAL LEAK TESTING After the unit has been properly evacuated and service valves opened, a halogen leak detector should be used to detect leaks in the system. If a leak is detected, the refrigerant should be recovered before repairing the leak. The Clean Air Act prohibits releasing refrigerant into the atmosphere. CHECKING REFRIGERANT CHARGE A WARNING The top of the scroll compressor shell is hot.Touching the compressor top may result in serious personal injury. Charge for all systems should be checked against the Charging Chart inside the access panel cover. IMPORTANT: Use factory- approved charging method as outlined on the next 4 pages to ensure proper system charge. 15 A NOTICE The optimum refrigerant charge for any outdoor unit matched with a CFLJCFM/H*L indoor coil /air handler is affected by the application. Therefore, charging data has been developed to assist the field technician in optimizing the charge for all mounting configurations. Refer to the charging chart inside the access panel cover on the unit and choose the appropriate column for the specific application being installed or serviced. CHARGING UNITS WITH R -410A REFRIGERANT A CAUTION R-410A pressures are approximately 60% higher (1.6 times) than R -22 pressures. Use appropriate care when using this refrigerant. Failure to exercise care may result in equipment damage or personal injury. Charge for all systems should be checked against the Charging Chart inside the access panel cover. IMPORTANT: Do not operate the compressor without charge in the system. Addition of R -410A will raise high -side pressures (liquid, and discharge). A NOTICE System maintenance is to be performed by a qualified and certified technician. The following method is used for charging systems in the cooling and heating mode. All steps listed should be performed to insure proper charge has been set. For measuring pressures, the service valve port on the liquid valve (small valve) and the service port on the vapor valve (large valve) are to be used. CONFIRM ID AIR FLOW & COILS ARE CLEAN Confirm adequate Indoor supply air flow prior to starting the system. See the Technical Specification sheet for rated air flow for each ID /OD unit match. Air filter(s) and coils (indoor & outdoor) are to be clean and free of frost prior to starting the system. Supply Air flow must be between 375 and 450 cfm per rated cooling ton prior to adjusting system charge. If a humidification system is installed disengage it from operating prior to charge adjustment. Refer to the "Checking Airflow" section of this manual for further instruction. A NOTICE Verify system components are matched according to the outdoor unit Specification Sheet. MEASUREMENT DEVICE SETUP Step 1. With an R410A gauge set, attach the high pressure hose to the access fitting on the liquid line (small) service valve at the OD unit. Step 2. Attach the low pressure hose to the access fitting on the vapor line (large) service valve at the OD unit. Step 3. Attach a temperature probe within 6" outside of the unit on the copper liquid line (small line). For more accurate measurements clean the copper line prior to measurement and use a calibrated clamp on temperature probe or an insulated surface thermocouple. 16 CHARGING BY WEIGHT A NOTICE ADJUST THE SYSTEM CHARGE BY WEIGHT FOR THE STRAIGHT LENGTH OF THE REFRIGERANT LINE SET. For a new installation, evacuation of interconnecting tubing and indoor coil is adequate; otherwise, evacuate the entire system. Use the factory charge shown in "Electrical and Physical Data" on page 4 of these instructions or on the unit data plate. Note that the charge value includes charge required for 15 ft. [4.6 m] of standard -size inter - connecting liquid line without a filter drier. Calculate actual charge required with installed liquid line size and length using: 1/4" [6.4 mm] O.D. = .3 oz. /ft. [8.5 g /.30 m] 5/16" [7.9 mm] O.D. = .4 oz. /ft. [11.3 g /.30 m] 3/8" [9.5 mm] O.D. = .6 oz. /ft. [17.0 g /.30 m] 1/2" [12.7 mm] O.D. = 1.2 oz. /ft. [34.0 g /.30 m] Add 6 oz. for field - installed filter drier. With an accurate scale ( +/— 1 oz. [28.3 g]) or volumetric charging device, adjust charge difference between that shown on the unit data plate and that calculated for the new system installation. If the entire system has been evacuated, add the total calculated charge. IMPORTANT: Charging by weight is not always accurate since the application can affect the optimum refrigerant charge. Charging by weight is considered a starting point ONLY. Always check the charge by using the charging chart and adjust as necessary. CHARGING BY LIQUID SUB - COOLING MUST BE USED FOR FINAL CHARGE ADJUSTMENT. With thermostat in the "Off' position, turn the power on to the furnace or air han- dler. Start the furnace or air handler with the thermostat. GROSS CHARGING BY PRESSURES Step 1. Following air flow verification and charge weigh in, run the unit for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to noting pressures and temperature. IMPORTANT: Indoor conditions as measured at the indoor coil must be within 2 °F of the following during gross charge (pressure) evaluation: Cooling Mode: 80 °F Dry Bulb A NOTICE If the Indoor temperature is above or below this range, run the system to bring the temperature down or run the electric heat/fumace to bring the temperature within this range. System pressure values provided in the Charge Chart for outdoor dry bulbs corresponding to conditions outside of ranges listed below, are provided as reference ONLY. Step 2. Note the Outdoor Dry Bulb Temperature, ODDB °F = °F. Unit charging is recommended under the following outdoor conditions ONLY: Cooling Mode ONLY: 55 °F outdoor dry bulb and above 17 Step 3. Locate and note the design pressures. The correct liquid and vapor pressures are found at the intersection of the Installed system and the outdoor ambient temperature on the Charging Chart located on the inside of the control box cover of the outdoor unit. Liquid Pressure: = psig; Vapor Pressure = psig A NOTICE The refrigerant pressures provided are for gross charge check ONLY. These pressure values are typical, but may vary due to application. Evaporator Toad will cause pressures to deviate. Notice that all systems have unique pressure curves. The variation in the slope and value is determined by the component selection for that indoor /outdoor matched system. The variation from system to system seen in the table is normal. Step 4. If the measured liquid pressure is below the listed requirement for the given outdoor and indoor conditions, add charge. If the measured liquid pressure is above the listed requirement for the given Outdoor and Indoor conditions remove charge. FINAL CHARGE BY SUB - COOLING Step 1. After gross charging note the designed Sub -Cool value. The correct sub - cooling value is found at the intersection of the Installed system and the outdoor ambient temperature on the Charging Chart located on the inside of the control box cover of the outdoor unit. SC° from Charging Chart = °F. IMPORTANT: Indoor conditions as measured at the indoor coil are required to be between 70 °F and 80 °F dry bulb for fine tune unit charge adjustment. Unit charging is recommended under the following outdoor conditions ONLY: Cooling Mode ONLY: 55 °F outdoor dry bulb and above A NOTICE If the Indoor temperature is above or below the recommended range, run the system to bring the temperature down or run the electric heat/furnace to bring the temperature up. System sub - cooling values provided in the Charge Chart for outdoor dry bulbs corresponding to conditions outside of the above range, are provided as reference ONLY. Step 2. Note the measured Liquid Pressure, Pliq = psig, as measured from the liquid (small) service valve. Use the pressure temperature chart on the next page to note the corresponding saturation temperature for R410A at the measured liquid pressure. Liquid Saturation Temperature, SAT °F = °F. Step 3. Note the liquid line temperature, Liq° = °F, as measured from a temperature probe located within 6" outside of the unit on the copper liquid line (small line). It is recommended to use a calibrated clamp on temperature probe or an insulated surface thermocouple. Step 4. Subtract the liquid line temperature (Step 3) from the saturation temperature (Step 2) to calculate Sub - Cooling. SAT °F - Liq° = SC° Step 5. Adjust Charge to obtain the specified sub - cooling value. If the measured sub -cool is below the listed requirement for the given outdoor and indoor conditions, add charge. If the measured sub -cool is above the listed requirement for the given outdoor and indoor conditions remove charge. IMPORTANT: Excessive use of elbows in the refrigerant line set can produce excessive pressure drop. Follow industry best practices for installation. Installation and commissioning of this equipment is to be preformed by trained and qualified HVAC professionals. For technical assistance contact your Distributor Service Coordinator. 18 A WARNING TURN OFF ELECTRIC POWER AT THE FUSE BOX OR SERVICE PANEL BEFORE MAKING ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. ALSO, THE GROUND CONNEC- TION MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE MAKING LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FINISHING UP INSTALLATION • Disconnect pressure gauges from pressure ports; then replace the pressure port caps and tighten adequately to seal caps. Do not over tighten. • Replace the service valve caps finger -tight and then tighten with an open -end wrench adequately to seal caps. Do not over tighten. • Replace control box cover and service panel and install screws to secure service panel. • Restore power to unit at disconnect if required. • Configure indoor thermostat per the thermostat installation instructions and set thermostat to desired mode and temperature. ELECTRICAL WIRING Field wiring must comply with the National Electric Code (C.E.C. in Canada) and any applicable local code. POWER WIRING It is important that proper electrical power from a commercial utility is available at the condensing unit contactor. Voltage ranges for operation are shown in Table 6. Install a branch circuit disconnect within sight of the unit and of adequate size to handle the starting current (see Tables 1 and 2). Power wiring must be run in a rain -tight conduit. Conduit must be run through the connector panel below the access cover (see Figure 1) and attached to the bottom of the control box. Connect power wiring to contactor located in outdoor condensing unit electrical box. (See wiring diagram attached to unit access panel.) Check all electrical connections, including factory wiring within the unit and make sure all connections are tight. DO NOT connect aluminum field wire to the contactor terminals. TABLE 6 VOLTAGE RANGES (60 HZ) TABLE 5 Operating Voltage Range at Copeland Maximum Load Design Conditions for Compressors SATURATION TEMP (Deg. F) R -410A PSIG SATURATION TEMP (Deg. F) R -410A PSIG SATURATION TEMP (Deg. F) R -410A PSIG SATURATION TEMP (Deg. F) R -410A PSIG -150 - -30 17.9 35 107.5 100 317.4 -140 - -25 22 40 118.5 105 340.6 -130 - -20 26.4 45 130.2 110 365.1 -120 - -15 31.3 50 142.7 115 390.9 -110 - -10 36.5 55 156.0 120 418.0 -100 - -5 42.2 60 170.1 125 446.5 -90 - 0 48.4 65 185.1 130 476.5 -80 - 5 55.1 70 201.0 135 508.0 -70 - 10 62.4 75 217.8 140 541.2 -60 0.4 15 70.2 80 235.6 145 576.0 -50 5.1 20 78.5 85 254.5 150 612.8 -40 10.9 25 87.5 90 274.3 -35 14.2 30 97.2 95 295.3 A WARNING TURN OFF ELECTRIC POWER AT THE FUSE BOX OR SERVICE PANEL BEFORE MAKING ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. ALSO, THE GROUND CONNEC- TION MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE MAKING LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FINISHING UP INSTALLATION • Disconnect pressure gauges from pressure ports; then replace the pressure port caps and tighten adequately to seal caps. Do not over tighten. • Replace the service valve caps finger -tight and then tighten with an open -end wrench adequately to seal caps. Do not over tighten. • Replace control box cover and service panel and install screws to secure service panel. • Restore power to unit at disconnect if required. • Configure indoor thermostat per the thermostat installation instructions and set thermostat to desired mode and temperature. ELECTRICAL WIRING Field wiring must comply with the National Electric Code (C.E.C. in Canada) and any applicable local code. POWER WIRING It is important that proper electrical power from a commercial utility is available at the condensing unit contactor. Voltage ranges for operation are shown in Table 6. Install a branch circuit disconnect within sight of the unit and of adequate size to handle the starting current (see Tables 1 and 2). Power wiring must be run in a rain -tight conduit. Conduit must be run through the connector panel below the access cover (see Figure 1) and attached to the bottom of the control box. Connect power wiring to contactor located in outdoor condensing unit electrical box. (See wiring diagram attached to unit access panel.) Check all electrical connections, including factory wiring within the unit and make sure all connections are tight. DO NOT connect aluminum field wire to the contactor terminals. TABLE 6 VOLTAGE RANGES (60 HZ) Nameplate Voltage Operating Voltage Range at Copeland Maximum Load Design Conditions for Compressors 208/230 (1 Phase) 187 - 253 208/230 (3 Phase) 187 - 253 460 414 - 506 575 517 633 19 GROUNDING A grounding lug is provided near the contactor for a ground wire. A WARNING THE UNIT MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FIGURE 2 CONTROL WIRING FOR GAS OR OIL FURNACE FOR TYPICAL GAS OR' HEAT BR - BROWN WIRE YL - YELLOW WIRE X - WIRE CONNECTION TYPICAL CONDENSING UNIT YL BR TYPICAL THERMOSTAT SUBBASE 0 ® ® TYPICAL GAS OR OIL FURNACE 0 CO *IF MAXIMUM OUTLET TEMPERATURE RISE IS DESIRED, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT W1 (W/BK) AND W2 (WBL) BE JUMPERED TOGETHER. FOR TYPICAL ELECTRIC HEAT BR -BROWN WIRE R -RED WIRE YL - YELLOW WIRE W/BK -WHITE WIRE WITH BLACK STRIPE GBK -GREEN WIRE WITH BLACK STRIPE PU - PURPLE WIRE (NOT USED) X -WIRE CONNECTION TYPICAL CONDENSING UNIT YL BR x • TYPICAL THERMOSTAT SUBBASE TYPICAL ELECTRIC HEAT LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX X WBL X R X W/BK X GIBK x YL X BR PU 20 TABLE 7 FIELD WIRE SIZE FOR 24 VOLT THERMOSTAT CIRCUITS Thermostat Load - Amps N N Ca O CJ1 O SOLID COPPER WIRE - AWG. 16 14 12 10 10 10 16 14 12 12 10 10 18 16 14 12 12 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 Length of Run - Feet (1) 1) Wire length equals twice the run distance. NOTE: Do not use control wiring smaller than No. 18 AWG between thermostat and outdoor unit. CONTROL WIRING (See Figure 2) If the low voltage control wiring is run in conduit with the power supply, Class I insu- lation is required. Class II insulation is required if run separate. Low voltage wiring may be run through the insulated bushing provided in the 7/8 hole in the base panel, up to and attached to the pigtails from the bottom of the control box. Conduit can be run to the base panel if desired by removing the insulated bushing. A thermostat and a 24 volt, 40 VA minimum transformer are required for the control circuit of the condensing unit. The furnace or the air handler transformer may be used if sufficient. See the wiring diagram for reference. Use Table 8 to size the 24 volt con- trol wiring. HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CONTROLS (HPC OR LPC) These controls keep the compressor from operating in pressure ranges which can cause damage to the compressor. Both controls are in the low voltage control cir-cuit. High pressure control (HPC) is a manual reset which opens near 610 PSIG. Do not reset arbitrarily without first determining what caused it to trip. The low pressure control (LPC) is an automatic reset which opens near 50 PSIG and closes near 95 PSIG. NOTE: High and low pressure controls are standard on all ( -)ANL, ( -)APM models. FIELD INSTALLED ACCESSORIES COMPRESSOR CRANKCASE HEAT (CCH) While scroll compressors usually do not require crankcase heaters, there are instances when a heater should be added. Refrigerant migration during the off cycle can result in a noisy start up. Add a crankcase heater to minimize refrigeration migration, and to help eliminate any start up noise or bearing "wash out." NOTE: A crankcase heater heater should be installed if: the charge of the system exceeds the values in Tables 4 and 5, if the system is subject to voltage variations or when a low ambient control is used for system operation below 55 °F. All heaters are located on the lower half of the compressor shell. Its purpose is to drive refrigerant from the compressor shell during long off cycles, thus preventing damage to the compressor during start-up. At initial start-up or after extended shutdown periods, make sure the heater is ener- gized for at least 12 hours before the compressor is started. (Disconnect switch on and wall thermostat off.) TABLE 8 MAXIMUM SYSTEM CHARGE VALUES ( -)ANL ( -)ANL Model Size Compressor Model Number Charge Limit Without Crankcase Heat (3 Phase) Charge Limit Without Crankcase Heat (1 Phase) 18 24 31 37 43 49 60 ZP16K5E ZP21 K5E ZP25K5E ZP34K5E ZP38K5F ZP42K5E ZP54K5E 8 lbs. 8 lbs. 8 lbs. 10 lbs. 10 lbs. 10 lbs. 10 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. TABLE 9 MAXIMUM SYSTEM CHARGE VALUES ( -)APM ( -)APM Model Size Compressor Model Number Charge Limit Without Crankcase Heat (1 Phase) 18 24 30 36 42 48 56 60 ZP16K5E ZP20K5E ZP24K5E ZP31 K5E ZP34K5E ZP42K5E ZP44K5E ZP51 K5E 9.6 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 9.6 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. 12 lbs. 21 HARD START COMPONENTS Start components are not usually required with the scroll compressors used in (- )ANL /( -)APM condensing units, but are available for special cases and where start components are desirable to reduce light dimming. TIME DELAY CONTROL (TDC) The time delay (TDC) is in the low voltage control circuit. When the compressor shuts off due to a power failure or thermostat operation, this control keeps it off at least 5 minutes which allows the system pressure to equalize, thus not damaging the compressor or blowing fuses on start-up. LOW AMBIENT CONTROL (LAC) This component senses compressor head pressure and shuts the condenser fan off when the head pressure drops below designated levels. This allows the unit to build a sufficient head pressure at lower ambient in order to maintain system balance and obtain improved capacity. Low ambient control should be used on all equipment operated below 65 °F ambient. OUTDOOR UNIT COVERS Outdoor condensing unit covers are available if the homeowner requests a cover for their unit. With the complete model number for the unit, the correct cover can be obtained through an authorized distributor. A CAUTION FAILURE TO REMOVE CONDENSING UNIT COVER BEFORE OPERATING OUTDOOR UNIT CAN CAUSE COMPONENTS TO FAIL. SERVICE SINGLE -POLE COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR (CC) Single -pole contactors are used on all standard single phase units up through 5 tons. Caution must be exercised when servicing as only one leg of the power sup- ply is broken with the contactor. Two pole contactors are used on some three phase units. 22 TROUBLE SHOOTING In diagnosing common faults in the air conditioning system, it is useful to present the logical pattern of thought that is used by experienced technicians. The charts which follow are not intended to be an answer to all problems, but only to guide your thinking as you attempt to decide on your course of action. Through a series of yes and no answers, you will follow the logical path to a likely conclusion. Use these charts as you would a road map, if you are a beginning technician. As you gain experience, you will learn where to establish the shortcuts. Remember that the chart will help clarify the logical path to the problem. ELECTRICAL CHECKS FLOW CHART Unit Running? NO Thermostat Problem? YES Repair and Recheck NO Transformer Problem? YES Repair and Recheck YES NO Voltage on Compressor Side of Contactor? YES Go to Mechanical Checks Run Capacitor Start Capacitor NO Potential Relay Circuit Breakers or Fuses Open Compressor Internal Overload Open NO Voltage on Line Side of Contactor? Compressor Winding Open Unit Wiring and Connections Condenser Fan Grounded YES Compressor Contactor YES Compressor Winding Grounded Grounded Capacitor Replace Fuses or Reset Breakers and Recheck Hi Pressure Control Lo Pressure Control Compressor Time -Delay Unit Wiring and Connections 23 •MECHANICAL CHECKS FLOW CHART Unit Running? YES NO Pressure problems? Go to Electrical Checks Flow Chart High Head Pressure Dirty Condenser Coil Inoperative Outdoor Fan Overcharge Recirculation of Condenser Air Low Head Pressure Low on Charge Open IPR Valve Low Suction Pressure Dirty Filters Dirty Evaporator Low Ambient Temperature Inadequate Airflow Inoperative Compressor Broken Indoor Valves Blower Belt Non - condensibles Restricted Filter -drier Higher than Ambient Air Entering Condenser Wrong Condenser Fan Rotation Indoor Metering Device Stuck Open 24 Restriction in System Indoor Metering Device Stuck Closed Inoperative Indoor Blower Low on Charge Faulty Metering Device Restriction in System Restricted Filter -drier Recirculation of Evaporator Air Wrong Evaporator Blower Rotation Inadequate Ducts TABLE 10 TEMPERATURE PRESSURE CHART AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS TEMP `- R-410A DISCHARGE PRESSURE (Deg. F) PSIG SUBCOOLING -150 - High -140 - High -130 - Low -120 - Low -110 - Low -100 - High -90 - Low -80 - Low -70 - High High 0.4" Low -50 5.1 Low -40 10.9 High -35 14.2 Low -30 17:9 High -25 22.0 Low -20 26.4 High -15 31.3 High -10 36.5 Low -5 42.2 0 48.4 5 55.1 10 62.4 15 70.2 20 78.5 25 87.5 30 97.2 35 107.5 40 118.5 45 130.2 50 142.7 55 156.0 60 170.1 65 185.1 70 201.0 75 217.8 80 235.6 85 254.5 90 274.3 95 295.3 100 317.4 105 340.6 110 365.1 115 390.9 120 418.0 125 446.5 130 476.5 135 508.0 140 541.2 145 576.0 150 612.8 23.3 SUPERHEAT CALCULATION 1. Measure the suction pressure at the suction line service valve. 2. Convert the suction pressure to saturated temperature. See Table 10. 3. Measure the temperature of the suction line at the suction line service valve. 4. Compare the temperature of the suction line to the saturated temperature. 5. The difference between saturated temperature and suctin line temperature is the superheat. Superheat normal range 12° to 15 °. 23.4 SUBCOOLING CALCULATION 1. Measure the liquid pressure at the liquid line service valve. 2. Convert the liquid line pressure to saturated temperature. See Table 10. 3. Measure the liquid line temperature at the liquid line service valve. 4. Compare the liquid line temperature to the saturated temperature. 5. The difference between saturated temperature and liquid line temperature is the subcooling. Subcooling normal range 9° to 12 °. TABLE 11 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS SYSTEM PROBLEM INDICATORS DISCHARGE PRESSURE SUCTION PRESSURE SUPERHEAT SUBCOOLING COMPRESSOR AMPS Overcharge High High Low High High Undercharge Low Low High Low Low Liquid Restriction (Drier) Low Low High High Low Low Evaporator Airflow Low Low Low Low Low Dirty Condenser High High Low Low High Low Outside Ambient Temperature Low Low High High Low Inefficient Compressor Low High High High Low TXV Feeler Bulb Charge Lost Low Low High High Low Poorly Insulated Sensing Bulb High High Low Low High 25 A WARNING TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART DISCONNECT ALL POWER TO UNIT BEFORE SERVICING. CONTACTOR MAY BREAK ONLY ONE SIDE. FAILURE TO SHUT OFF POWER CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL SHOCK RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. SYMPTOM ' POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY Unit will not run • Power off or loose electrical connection • Thermostat out of calibration -set too high • Defective contactor • Blown fuses / tripped breaker • Transformer defective • High pressure control open (if provided) • Check for correct voltage at contactor in condensing unit • Reset • Check for 24 volts at contactor coil - replace if contacts are open • Replace fuses / reset breaker • Check wiring- replace transformer • Reset -also see high head pressure remedy -The high pressure control opens at 450 PSIG Outdoor fan runs, compressor doesn't • Run or start capacitor defective • Start relay defective • Loose connection • Compressor stuck, grounded or open motor winding, open internal overload. • Low voltage condition • Replace • Replace • Check for correct voltage at compressor - check & tighten all connections • Wait at least 2 hours for overload to reset. If still open, replace the compressor. • Add start kit components Insufficient cooling • Improperly sized unit • Improper indoor airflow • Incorrect refrigerant charge • Air, non - condensibles or moisture in system • Recalculate load • Check - should be approximately 400 CFM per ton. • Charge per procedure attached to unit service panel • Recover refrigerant, evacuate & recharge, add filter drier Compressor short cycles • Incorrect voltage • Defective overload protector • Refrigerant undercharge • At compressor terminals, voltage must be ± 10% of nameplate marking when unit is operating. • Replace - check for correct voltage • Add refrigerant Registers sweat • Low indoor airflow • Increase speed of blower or reduce restriction - replace air filter High head -low vapor pressures • Restriction in liquid line, expansion device or filter drier • Flowcheck piston size too small • Incorrect capillary tubes • Remove or replace defective component • Change to correct size piston • Change coil assembly High head -high or normal vapor pressure - Cooling mode • Dirty outdoor coil • Refrigerant overcharge • Outdoor fan not running • Air or non - condensibles in system • Clean coil • Correct system charge • Repair or replace • Recover refrigerant, evacuate & recharge Low head -high vapor pressures • Flowcheck piston size too large • Defective Compressor valves • Incorrect capillary tubes • Change to correct size piston • Replace compressor • Replace coil assembly Low vapor - cool compressor - iced indoor coil 1 • Low indoor airflow • Operating below 65 °F outdoors • Moisture in system • Increase speed of blower or reduce restriction - replace air filter • Add Low Ambient Kit • Recover refrigerant - evacuate & recharge - add filter drier High vapor pressure Fluctuating head & vapor pressures • Excessive load • Defective compressor • TXV hunting • Air or non - condensibles in system • Recheck load calculation • Replace • Check TXV bulb clamp - check air distribution on coil - replace TXV • Recover refrigerant, evacuate & recharge Gurgle or pulsing noise at expansion device or liquid line • Air or non - condensibles in system • Recover refrigerant, evacuate & recharge 26 to m/ r C m xi =m 3 HASE WIRING DIAGRAM -- - - I TO CC (T3) -- I SC TO SR 2 II I I I 1 FT (OPT/--' © Ej • - • (OPT) MI PTO OFM I PRR TO SC R�.�.�.�.�.F�i 00 •BK- .- .- .- .1. -• -., RC2 RCl I CHC ® �NO - - CC CC • © R 1 1I p I i • t BR PR I `TO CC ' tT3) e O SC © a I . -. -• -. PR. .. . HER COH. 1 I. -- TO OFM TO COMP (S)- _I • (CE OPT.) ®© � � FAN RC 0 0 O COMP Ell 4 rQ ■ 1 BK ® BK COMP - PR • =S =MN �� R i GRO. LUG , 1 rc TOC ■ ■ ■ ■ (OPT/ BK --'--'Y- '- -- - --i-- -' -' • R • -'' I R - -- 1 O .� .- . -. -.I Y (OPT) BR- .L•- - -- •�.�• -.- R - . -•�•� .................... . ..- .- BK- .- .- .- .�•..- .- BR .�.�.�.�. (OPT) .�.�.�.�. CHC _ (OPT) ��II----IIII __LGNO I ® Y (OPT/ I ' CD ®, TOC I - e • • (OPT/ Y I ' HPC - • Es BK (OPT) •HGS LPC . BK BK TB (OPT) ,'.:4•0;4•040,'.:4•0;4•04,'.:4•0;4•0404.04.0:. - BR Y WIRING DIAGRAM BR © ® ©® © 0 WIRING SCHEMATIC COMPONENT CODE CC COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR CCH CRANKCASE HEATER CHC CRANKCASE HEATER CONTROL COMP COMPRESSOR GND GROUND. CHASSIS HGS HOT GAS SENSOR HPC HIGH PRES. CUT -OUT CONTROL LAC LOW AMBIENT COOLING CONTROL LPC LOW PRESSURE CONTROL OFM OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR OPT OPTIONAL PTCR POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT RELAY RC RUN CAPACITOR RES RESISTOR SC START CAPACITOR SR START RELAY T8 TERMINAL BLOCK TOC TIME DELAY CONTROL NOTES: 1. CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. 2. COMPRESSOR MOTOR THERMALLY PROTECTED AND ALL 3 PHASE ARE PROTECTED UNDER PRIMARY SINGLE PHASE CONDITIONS. 3. CONNECT FIELD WIRING IN GROUNDEO RAINTIGHT CONDUIT TO FUSED DISCONNECT. VOLTAGE. HERTZ AND PHASE PER RATING PLATE. 4. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO BE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WITH A CLASS 2 TRANSFORMER 24 VOL T. OR 60 HERTZ. 5. TO THERMOSTAT SUB-BASE. REFER TO SYSTEM SCHEMATICS OR SCHEMATICS ON INDOOR 5ECTIO4 FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING. 6. BLACK WIRE FROM SR (5) TO CC ITT/ DELETED WHEN PTCR IS USED. WIRE COLOR CODE BK BLACK GY GRAY R RED BR BROWN 0 ORANGE W WHITE BL BLUE PK PINK Y YELLOW G GREEN PR PURPLE ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM REMOTE AIR CONDITIONER SINGLE PHASE OR. BY MB APP. BY I GATE I -28 -92 DWG. NO. 90- 23238 -01 REV 15 z G) m C m xm WIRING DIAGRAM WIRING SCHEMATIC 4 RASE WIRING DIAGRAM (C, D &Y VOLTAGES) TO CCH • • 1 1 1 AUX 1 I I I CCH L1 CC CC ��/ /// i t 1 _ 1GND mr AND �� /// CC 7F?. r II 1 (OmPT) ._._•_•_ ..... .BK— ._._•_._•_•_._•_._•_•_•7 ‚iiiji . — . .4. •_._•_._._•_BK_•_•_•_•_•_•_•_•1 I BR iii AUX - - - - . H 0 RC1"�— p FIELD INSTALLED I �1�l0 'B�c' CCH COMP BK 1P t• —' PR f 1 �— LUG O BK R �iF 4� • TDC R2 Rl YI Y2 ICI • . IOPT) BK �l -- -- Y- -- -- -I -- --- — 1 Ft Y (OPT) .�.�•�•�•.. (OPT) O C)-j--- ❑j I `.— .— .- -- BR- - -- -- J I OK • .. .�•�•�.� R • • .1.— • —. —.....! j • BR 1_1_1_1 - 0 RCl I I GND MB (OPT1 ID AD TOC e 10 1 II Y Y i Y � I HPC Y gag BK—ik IOPTI BK hl�!I�y�y�M�FI • • HGS LPC • • BK TB (OPT) _ Y BR .... .. u Y BR i ® A COMPONENT CODE CC COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR CCH CRANKCASE HEATER COMP COMPRESSOR GNO GROUND. CHASSIS HGS HOT GAS SENSOR HPC HIGH PRES. CUT -OUT CONTROL LAC LOW AMBIENT COOLING CONTROL LPC LOW PRESSURE CONTROL OPT OPTIONAL OPTIONAL FAN MOTOR RC RUN CAPACITOR RES RESISTOR SC START CAPACITOR SR START RELAY TB TERMINAL BLOCK roc TIME DELAY CONTROL NOTES: 1. CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. 2. COMPRESSOR MOTOR THERMALLY PROTECTED AND ALL 3 PHASE ARE PROTECTED UNDER PRIMARY SINGLE PHASE CONDITIONS. 3. CONNECT FIELD WIRING IN GROUNDED RAINTIGHT CONDUIT TO FUSED DISCONNECT, VOLTAGE. HERTZ AND PHASE PER RATING PLATE 4. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO BE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WITH A CLASS 2 TRA+R 24 VOLT, 50 OR 60 HERTZ. 5. TO THERMOSTAT SUB- BASE,REFER TO SYSTEM SCHEMATICS OR SCHEMATICS ON INDOOR SECTION FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING. WIRING INFORMATION LINE VOLTAGE -FACTORY WIRE COLOR CODE BK_ BLACK 0___ORANGE BR BROWN PR__PURPLE BL_ _BLUE R___RED G___GREEN W___WHITE GY__GRAY Y___YELLDW STANDARD - FACTORY OPTION �' �' �' • -FIELO INSTALLED LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY STANDARD - FACTORY OPTION -FIELD INSTALLED — - — - — - - REPLACEMENT WIRE • -MUST BE THE SAME SIZE ANO TYPE OF INSULATION AS ORIGINAL (105 C.MM') WARNING - CABINET MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED AND CONFORM TO I E C N E C C.E.C. , NATIONAL WIRING REGULATIONS, AND LOCAL CODES AS APPLICABLE. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM REMOTE AIR CONDITIONER THREE PHASE BY MCB APP. BY GATE 9 -19 -05 DWG. NO. 90- 101229 -08 REV 103 71 0 c CR CND SC TO CC (T3) TO S 2 - - - - - : / I 1 CHC 1 GNO C 17 FT _ (OPTS (OPT) _ ow= R _ _ _ _ j� 1 PRR-TO • SC BK- •-•-•-• 0 R 41 CCH B 1 RC2 • _ • 1 I L. _ • _ • _ • PR _ ERM [OM .1 v PR R CI R TO CC (T3) �;ji 0 CC� SC 000 0 BR FAN ' I TO COMP (S) I - - - (CE OPT.) - - ' SR RES 8K - OFM BR ©COMP I 6L BK • 0 I COMP PR • CND H T C ® R ,F` 4� .-e• • \ F.L G RC Y • • • GRD. LUG TDC ■ ■ ■ ■ (OPT) -- •- •- Y- •- -- - -• -•- • 1 i • Y Y BL LAC (OPT) (OPT) .- ® (OPT) MIa Y • -. -. -. . -. -. -• I- • -. -- -- -- •-BR- .- -- -- •- -- .- - ---F.0 . 1 . .... • ... •- •- .- R- .- .- . .... •- •- •- .- •.L. -.J • •-•- •- .- ..BK- .- .- .- .- .- . .... . .... .J. ... . .... .J .- .- .- .- ..Y- .- .- .- .- ._• -.- • J c� • OFM Y • BK n hqJ IGND ' BR C>" ® (OPT) I Y I • Y ® TDC y� 2 • t (OPT) Y ' 8K HPC . 1101 (OPT) BK • • HGS CPC. TB (OPT) '74": "" "i"1"4 BR Y WIRING DIAGRAM BR ® & 0© I WIRING SCHEMATIC COMPONENT CODE CC COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR CCH CRANKCASE HEATER CHC CRANKCASE HEATER CONTROL COMP COMPRESSOR CND GROUND. CHASSIS HGS HOT GAS SENSOR HPC HIGH PRES. CUT -OUT CONTROL LAC LOW AMBIENT COOLING CONTROL CPC LOW PRESSURE CONTROL OFM OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR OPT OPTIONAL PTCR POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT RELAY RES RESI CAPACITOR SC START CAPACITOR SR START RELAY TB TERMINAL BLOCK roc TIME DELAY CONTROL NOTES: 1. CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. 2. COMPRESSOR MOTOR THERMALLY PROTECTED AND ALL 3 PHASE ARE PROTECTED UNDER PRIMARY SINGLE PHASE CONDITIONS. 3. CONNECT FIELD WIRING IN GROUNDED RAINTIGHT CONDUIT TO FUSED DISCONNECT. VOLTAGE. HERTZ ANO PHASE PER RATING PLATE. 4. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO BE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WITH A CLASS 2 TRANSFORMER 24 VOLT. 60 OR 60 HERTZ. 5. SCHEMATICS ON INDOOR SECTITIONRFOR SYSTEM TROLL WIRING 6. BLACK WIRE FROM SR C5) TO CC )TUDELETEO WHEN PTCR 15 USED. 7. IF LAC /LAR 15 NOT USEO.CONNECT YELLOW WIRE FROM OFM TO 2/V CC. WIRING INFORMATION LINE VOLTAGE WIRE COLOR CODE BK BLACK 0 ORANGE -FACTORY STANDARD - FACTORY OPTION —. — • — •' -FIELD INSTALLED LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY STANDARD BR BROWN PR PURPLE BL BLUE R RED G GREEN W WHITE GY GRAY Y YELLOW - FACTORY OPTION -FIELD INSTALLED — - — - — - - REPLACEMENT WIRE -MUST BE THE SAME SIZE ANO TYPE OF INSULATION AS ORIGINAL (105 C.MIN.) WARNING - CABINET MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED ANO CONFORM TO I E C N E C ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM REMOTE AIR CONDITIONER SINGLE PHASE WITH OUTDOOR ECM MOTOR C.E.C. . NATIONAL WIRING REGULATIONS. AND LOCAL CODES AS APPLICABLE. DR. BY MGR APP. BY DATE 10 -7 -08 DWG. NO. 90- 103021 -01 REV 03 January 4, 2013 Cityf Tukwila • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Matt Zuckerberg Bel -Red Energy Solutions 10733 47th PI W Mukilteo, WA 98276 RE: Correction Letter #1 Mechanical Permit Application Number M12 -200 James Philips DDS — 162182 Av S Dear Mr. Zuckerberg, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire Department has no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. M12-200 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: January 4, 2013 Project Name: James Phillips DDS Permit # M12 -200 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36. Please submit all plans on the same size paper. Revised plans need to be the same size as originally submitted). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculation sheets shall be stamped and signed. 1. Please provide a Washington State NREC Mechanical form. 2. Please provide an installation cross - section to show how the units will be installed in the crawl space. Show clearances, method of support, venting and intake air including termination. 3. A better floor plan is needed to show that the units serve different spaces and do not overlap. If they do overlap and the total airflow exceeds 2000 cfm, duct smoke detectors would be required to shut the units down upon smoke detection. 4. Please provide the manufacturers installation instructions and spec. sheets for all new equipment. 5. Please show commissioning details per Wa. State Energy Code. 6. The fresh air system will need to be rebalanced. Document the required amount of fresh air to the plans as required in the IMC for commissioning. Should there be questions concerning the above information please contact the Building Division at 206 - 431 -3670. INIERMIT COORD COPY', PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M12 -200 DATE: 02/06/13 PROJECT NAME: JAMES PHILLIPS DDS SITE ADDRESS: 16218 42 AV S Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: `1 ;'�� PuiLg bivision Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete ,K Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 02/07/13 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: ' Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ,j Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ DUE DATE: 03/07/13 Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: — REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only ,x CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 10ERMIT COORD COP. PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M12 -200 DATE: 12/28/12 PROJECT NAME: JAMES PHILLIPS DDS SITE ADDRESS: 16218 42 AV S X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works hAl III of i .k17 NIA Fire Prevention Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 01/03/13 Complete Comments: Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUESITHURS ROUTING: Please Route IN, Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 01/29/13 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) k- Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED. 4-4-3 Departments issued corrections: Bldg'- Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Ci of Tukwila Depart lent of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: htrp: //www.cLtukwila.wa.us Revision submittals Hurst be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: M 12 -200 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: James Phillips DDS Project Address: 16218 42 Av S Contact Person: %ZU Q Phone Number: 17/.2.5-- Summary of Revision: �/.�i�. ✓G d7,s- Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: / Entered in Permits Plus on \applicationslforms- applications on linelrevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople P -ter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name BEL -RED ENERGY SOLUTIONS LLC UBI No. 603074001 Phone 4254935353 Status Active Address 10733 47Th Pl W License No. BELREES8880E Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Mukilteo Effective Date 9/11/2012 State WA Expiration Date 9/11/2014 Zip 98275 Suspend Date County Snohomish Specialty 1 General Business Type Limited Liability Company Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status BELREHA101DK BEL RED HEATING & A/C INC Construction Contractor General Unused 3/12/1990 2/7/2015 Active Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date MILLARD, DONALD WESLEY Manager 09/11/2012 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 Wesco Insurance Co 46WB002262 08/06/2012 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 09/04/2012 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 2 American Economy 01- CH- 748238- 6 01/21/2013 01/21/2014 $1,000,000.00 01/07/2013 Insurance Co American 1 Economy 01CH7482385 01/21/2012 01/21/2013 $1,000,000.00 09/04/2012 Insurance Co Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period Infractions /Citations Information No records found for the previous 6 year period https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Print.aspx 02/28/2013